Quarterlytics / Beverages - Wineries & Distilleries / Treasury Wine Estates

Treasury Wine Estates

twe · ASX
Claim this profile
Ticker twe
Exchange ASX
Sector
Industry Beverages - Wineries & Distilleries
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2019 Annual Report · Treasury Wine Estates
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
T

R

E

A

S

U

R

Y

W

I

N

E

E

S

T

A

T

E

S

A

N

N

U

A

L

R

E

P

O

R

T

2

0

1

9

ANNUAL REPORT 2019

 
 
 
 
 
ABOUT TWE

Treasury Wine Estates (TWE) is one of the world’s leading wine 
companies, listed on the Australian Securities Exchange. With  
a portfolio of outstanding wine brands, prized viticultural assets  
and world-class production facilities, the Company’s commitment  
to delivering shareholder value is underpinned by its passion  
for crafting, marketing and selling quality wine for consumers.  
It achieves this through building sustainable partnerships with 
customers and other industry partners, globally. TWE employs 
approximately 3,500 talented people across four key regions,  
with wine sold in more than 100 countries around the world.

3,500

employees

100+

countries

4

regions

13,000

hectares

We employ approximately 
3,500 talented people 
across the globe

Our iconic wines are sold 
in more than 100 countries 
across the world

We are focused on four 
principal regions across 
the world: Australia  
and New Zealand;  
the Americas; Europe;  
and Asia

We access approximately 
13,000 planted hectares  
of vineyards in  
some of the world’s  
most sought-after 
winemaking regions

CONTENTS

Our Locations 
At a Glance 
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer’s Report 
Brand Highlights 
Operating and Financial Review 
Corporate Responsibility 
Diversity and Inclusion 
Board of Directors 
Corporate Governance 
Directors’ Report 
Auditor’s Independence Declaration 
F19 Remuneration Report (Audited) 

1
2
3
6
10
30
32
34
36
40
43
44

Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss 
and Other Comprehensive Income
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position 
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity 
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
Directors’ Declaration 
Independent Auditor’s Report 
Details of Shareholders, Shareholdings  
and Top 20 Shareholders
Shareholder Information 

64  

65
66
67
68
112
113
119 

120

IMPORTANT INFORMATION

This report contains certain forward looking statements, which may be identified by the use of terminology including ‘expects’, ‘believes’, ‘targets’, 
‘likely’, ‘should’, ‘could’, ‘intends’, ‘aims’ or similar expressions. Indicators of and guidance on future earnings and financial position are also forward 
looking statements. These forward looking statements are not guarantees or predictions of future performance and involve known and unknown 
risks, uncertainties and other factors, many of which are beyond the control of TWE, and which may cause actual results to differ materially from 
those expressed or implied in such statements. Further information on important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from 
those projected in such statements is included in the Material Business Risks section of the Operating and Financial Review. Readers are cautioned 
not to place undue reliance on forward looking statements.

References to ‘TWE’, ‘Company’, ‘Group’, ‘we’, ‘us’ and ‘our’ are to Treasury Wine Estates Limited and/or, except where the context otherwise  
requires, its subsidiaries. References to ‘F19’ and ‘F20’ are to the periods 1 July 2018 to 30 June 2019 and 1 July 2019 to 30 June 2020 respectively. 
All currency referred to in the report is in Australian dollars, unless otherwise stated.

In this report Hong Kong Special Administrative Region of the People’s Republic of China has been referred to as ‘Hong Kong’.

OUR LOCATIONS1

TWE AMERICAS
NAPA VALLEY, CALIFORNIA

TWE AMERICAS
OAKLAND, CALIFORNIA

TWE EUROPE
TWICKENHAM, UK

TWE EUROPE
TUSCANY,  ITALY

TWE ASIA
SHANGHAI, CHINA

TWE ASIA
SINGAPORE

TWE ANZ MAGILL, 
SOUTH AUSTRALIA

TWE ANZ
MARLBOROUGH

TWE ANZ
MELBOURNE, VICTORIA

AUSTRALIA & NEW ZEALAND2

AMERICAS2

EUROPE2

AU

AU

AU

72

vineyards

8,651

planted hectares

8

wineries

NZ

NZ

NZ

9

vineyards

498

planted hectares

1

winery

US

US

US

44

vineyards

3,728

planted hectares

7

wineries

EU

EU

EU

2

vineyards

148

planted hectares

1

winery

AUSTRALIA
Corporate head office:  
Melbourne, Victoria

NEW ZEALAND
Country head office: 
Marlborough

ASIA

SOUTH EAST ASIA
Regional head office: 
Singapore

NORTH ASIA
Regional head office: 
Shanghai, China

US
Regional head office:  
Napa Valley, California

Regional head office: 
Oakland, California

UK
Regional head office: 
Twickenham, Middlesex

ITALY
Country head office: 
Gabbiano, Tuscany

1. Locations marked on the global map represent corporate and regional head offices. TWE also maintains other major operations across  

all regions of its business.

2. Information current as at 30 June 2019.

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019  |  1  

AT A GLANCE1

•  F19 EBITS2 up 25% to $662.7 million; EBITS margin accretion  

of 1.6 percentage points to 23.4%

•  EPS (before material items and SGARA) up 17% to 60.4 cents per share 

•  Return on Capital Employed accretion to 14.9%

•  F19 EBITS growth contributed to a 5 year EBITS CAGR3 of 30%;  

EBITS growth of 15% to 20% in F20 reiterated4

•  Final dividend of 20 cents per share (fully franked); F19 annual  

dividend of 38 cents per share, up 19% on the prior period

EBITS
(A$ million)

EPS (BEFORE MATERIAL ITEMS AND SGARA)
(Earnings Per Share) (cents)

.

7
2
6
6

2
.
0
3
5

1
.
5
5
4

25%

increase

2
.
4
3
3

1
.
5
2
2

.

4
0
6

8
.
1
5

17%

increase

8
.
9
3

5
.
0
3

9
.
1
2

F15

F165

F17 F18 F19

F15

F165

F17 F18 F19

ROCE
(Return on Capital Employed) (%)

MARKET CAPITALISATION
(A$ million)

.

9
4
1

6
.
2
1

6
.
1
1

2.3 ppts

increase 

3
9

.

8
6

.

13.16

9.23

4.90

.

9
3
1
7
9

,

.

0
3
1
8
6

,

.

2
1
9
1
3

,

17.39 14.92

0
.
0
0
5
2
1

,

.

0
9
2
7
0
1

,

14%

decline in market 
capitalisation

F15

F165

F17 F18 F19

F15

F16

F17 F18

F19

Share price
($ at 28 June)

1. Unless otherwise stated, all figures and percentage movements are stated on a reported currency basis and are subject to rounding. 
2. Earnings before interest, tax, SGARA and material items.
3. Compound Annual Growth Rate. 
4. Assuming no material changes due to vintage or foreign exchange movements. Does not include impacts from the application of AASB 16  

Leases or one-off charges of approximately $35 million associated with the expansion of Luxury winemaking infrastructure in South Australia.

5. F16 ROCE, EPS and EBITS were restated in F17 in accordance with revised accounting standards.

2  |  TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019

CHAIRMAN AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER’S REPORT 

PAUL RAYNER
Chairman

MICHAEL CLARKE
Chief Executive Officer 

INTRODUCTION

Dear shareholders, 

We are pleased to present the 2019 Annual Report  
for Treasury Wine Estates Limited. 

Fiscal 2019 represented another year of high-quality 
financial results for our shareholders, and affirmed 
our enduring commitment to delivering against our 
Company strategy, as the world’s only truly global 
wine company. 

We maintained strong momentum in our performance, 
which was evident through our focus on premiumisation, 
the disciplined investments we have made in our 
business and the exceptional execution by our  
global team. 

Our competitively advantaged business models  
and collaborative customer partnerships have  
enabled the team to continue to deliver strong  
growth, even in the face of some industry challenges 
during the year in the current competitive and 
macro-economic landscape. 

Fiscal 2019 represented another 
year of high-quality financial 
results for our shareholders, and 
affirmed our enduring commitment 
to delivering against our Company 
strategy, as the world’s only truly 
global wine company. 

OVERVIEW OF RESULTS 

In F19, Group EBITS increased 25% to $662.7 million, 
delivering a five year EBITS CAGR of 30%, while  
our EBITS margin increased 1.6 percentage points  
to 23.4%, demonstrating continued progress on our 
journey to a Group EBITS margin of 25% and beyond.

We were particularly pleased with the growth of  
our Luxury and Masstige brands, which grew 27% 
and now represent 69% of total net sales revenue  
in F19 – up from 43% when we started our journey  
of premiumisation five years ago. 

Critical progress was made throughout the year  
on a number of important initiatives as part of  
our strategy. In the Americas, we completed our  
first full financial year operating under the new 
route-to-market model, delivering growth despite  
the period of significant operational change,  
and within a challenging US wine market. Our 
performance in the Americas has been delivered 
through collaboration with both our distribution  
and retail partners, and importantly, we still  
see significant opportunity to drive improvement  
and fully capture the new opportunity for our 
business in the US. 

In Asia we have continued to optimise our routes- 
to-market, and in China specifically we have again 
delivered outstanding growth by leveraging our 
competitively advantaged business model, and 
focusing on expanding availability of Luxury wine 
across the country. As highlighted previously,  
our business model focuses on distribution through 
our own local team who directly own and manage 
relationships with our wholesale and retail partners. 

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019  |  3  

CHAIRMAN AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER’S REPORT (CONTINUED)

This competitively advantaged model positions us apart 
from other players, and we believe that companies  
like TWE, who have actively invested in their model  
to drive direct engagement, are best placed to succeed 
in China over the long term. As we continue to consider 
increasing our presence and being part of the fabric  
of China, we will continue to invest in our business 
model to realise the long-term potential of our business 
in Asia. 

Our diverse portfolio of brands continued to drive 
growth and gain recognition on the world stage, with 
Penfolds again recognised as the World’s Most Admired 
Brand in 2019 by Drinks International and 19 Crimes 
earning ‘Hot Brand’ status from Impact Magazine  
in the US for its sustained market success. As a true 
demonstration of category leadership, TWE’s Living 
Wine Labels augmented reality app went from 
strength to strength in F19, surpassing four million 
downloads globally. Available in multiple languages 
and markets around the world, Living Wine Labels 
brings interactive brand experiences across 19 Crimes, 
Wolf Blass, Matua, Beringer Bros., Maison de Grand 
Esprit, Penfolds and Squealing Pig to life on the  
wine bottle. 

All regions contributed to our F19 result, with key 
highlights as follows: 

• Americas reported 13.3% EBITS growth to  

$218.7 million and an EBITS margin of 19.3% 
whilst successfully embedding route-to-market 
changes and investment in the US. Premiumisation 
continues to be a key driver of performance,  
with increased Luxury and Masstige volumes 
complemented by growth in Canada and  
Latin America.

• Asia reported 43% EBITS growth to $293.5 million 
and an EBITS margin of 39.2%, driven by increased 
availability of Luxury wine, growing demand for 
TWE’s portfolio of brands and outstanding execution. 
TWE continues to invest in driving distribution, 
brand building and organisational capability 
throughout the region to support future growth.

• Australia and New Zealand (ANZ) reported 15% 
EBITS growth to $156.5 million and an EBITS 
margin of 26%, driven by growth across the 
Masstige and lower Luxury portfolios, improving 
performance in the on-premise channels and an 
ongoing focus on managing costs. 

• Europe reported 3.8% EBITS growth to $51.4 million  
and an EBITS margin of 14.9%, driven by targeted 
investment behind priority brands in focus markets 
throughout the region.

CORPORATE RESPONSIBILITY 

At the heart of the Company is a commitment to being 
sustainable in everything we do. In F19 we continued 
to integrate an even greater environmental, social 
and governance (ESG) focus across the business,  
and delivered against our Corporate Responsibility 
framework, which is structured against four key 
pillars of Performance, Planet, People and Product. 

In F19 we are proud to present the Company’s second 
annual Sustainability Report, which outlines our 
achievements in this important area. Our work is 
informed by relevant best practice initiatives and 
frameworks including the Global Reporting Initiative 
(GRI), the United Nations (UN) Global Compact,  
and the UN Sustainable Development Goals  
(SDGs). TWE has identified seven priority SDGs  
with which to align the Company, and remains 
committed to delivering programs that contribute  
to their achievement.

With the health, safety and wellbeing of our people 
being paramount, we refined our Global Workplace 
Health, Safety and Wellbeing strategy, acting with  
the knowledge that a strong safety culture underpins 
our business performance. We continued the delivery 
of our Destination Zero Harm program, which ensures 
everyone keeps safety top of mind, and we introduced 
an ‘I Care’ initiative, which encourages everyone  
at TWE to demonstrate care for each other’s health 
and safety, for their quality of work, and for the 
environment. We also led an increase in the number  
of safety conversations held by team members,  
as a measure of leadership’s engagement on health  
and safety with people across our business.

4  |  TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019

BALANCE SHEET STRENGTH AND DIVIDEND

THANKS AND CONCLUSION 

TWE maintains financial metrics that are consistent 
with an investment grade credit profile. The Company’s 
balance sheet continues to be strong, efficient and 
flexible. Lease adjusted net debt/EBITDAS was 1.7x  
in F19, representing a reduction of 0.2x in the year. 
Total capex for the year was $160 million of which 
maintenance and replacement spend was $132 million, 
in line with our guidance. Growth capex of $28 million 
represented investment in vineyard acquisitions, IT 
systems and Simplify for Growth initiatives, which 
continuously focus on identifying opportunities to 
remove complexity and improve operational efficiency. 
Cash conversion of 75.8% was above the guided 60-70% 
range, a result of cycling through route-to-market 
changes, an improved sales order profile in the US,  
and efficient inventory management for the 2019 
Australian vintage. Excluding TWE’s F19 investment 
in non-current Luxury and Masstige inventory, which 
will be released in future years to support earnings 
growth, cash conversion was 92.4%.

Earnings Per Share increased 18% to 58.4 cents per 
share, and Return on Capital Employed increased  
2.3 percentage points to 14.9% – another year of 
significant incremental returns for our shareholders  
– and a reflection of our disciplined and sustainable 
approach to managing our capital base.

Given the Company’s strong result in F19, TWE  
is pleased to declare a final dividend of 20 cents  
per share, fully franked, which brings the total 
dividend for F19 to 38 cents per share, up 19%  
on the prior year. 

Looking ahead, TWE is well placed to continue  
the successful execution of its premiumisation 
strategy in F20 and beyond. The 2019 Australian 
vintage represents yet another outstanding  
Luxury intake for TWE, and current investments  
in French production assets and Australian Luxury 
winemaking capacity will support the next phase  
of the premiumisation journey. 

Further strengthening of the Company’s route-to-
market remains a priority, particularly in the US  
and Asia, both of which remain attractive regions  
for premium wine consumption and where TWE  
sees significant opportunity to continue growing  
a focused portfolio of brands.

The Simplify for Growth program, targeting 
operational efficiency and enhanced returns from 
brand building investment will continue to support 
cost optimisation, and TWE will increasingly  
leverage the newly established Global Business 
Services function over time. 

We would like to acknowledge the outstanding  
efforts of our people, who have consistently embodied 
our growth behaviours of focus, belief, trust and 
collaboration to deliver such a strong set of results.  
At the same time, they have demonstrated care not 
only for each other but for the results of the Company, 
and displayed tremendous resilience in the face of 
industry challenges across the year. We are proud  
to have such a diverse, high calibre team that is 
committed to realising the potential for our business.

In closing, we would like to extend our thanks to you, 
our shareholders, for your ongoing belief, investment 
and support of TWE. 

Kind regards, 

Paul Rayner 
Chairman	

Michael Clarke 
Chief	Executive	Officer

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019  |  5  

BRAND HIGHLIGHTS

PENFOLDS 

INTRODUCING  
PENFOLDS SPECIAL 
BOTTLINGS 
In F19 Penfolds launched Special Bottlings, a unique 
new tier inspired by Penfolds founders Mary and 
Christopher Penfold, pioneers who dreamed big,  
and had ambition and determination. This range, 
which includes a Pot Distilled Single Batch Brandy 
and a Spirited Fortified Wine with Baijiu, pushes  
the boundaries with an eclectic mix of experimental 
products outside of table wine. Penfolds Special 
Bottlings is a true reflection of the Penfolds spirit and  
a symbol of how the team works – yesterday and today. 

SEPPELT 

SEPPELT ANNOUNCES 
MAJOR PARTNERSHIP 
WITH AUSTRALIA’S 
PREMIER RACING CLUB
In August 2018, Seppelt was announced as a Major 
Partner of the Melbourne Cup Carnival and Victoria 
Racing Club (VRC). The announcement includes 
naming rights of Seppelt Wines Stakes Day and builds 
on a 40-year partnership between TWE and the VRC. 
Seppelt had a strong presence throughout the 2018 
Carnival with the Seppelt Marquee in the Birdcage 
enclosure and Seppelt Bar in The Park precinct.  
A selection of wines were available from additional 
venues at Flemington and in celebration of the new 
partnership, the winery’s 2008 Show Sparkling was 
previewed exclusively at the Seppelt Marquee. 

6  |  TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019

WOLF BLASS  

WOLF BLASS  
SPONSORS ICC  
AND RE-SIGNS AFL
Wolf Blass continues its affiliation with world sport, 
showcasing athletic journeys to triumph and owning  
the ‘celebrate together’ moments. In F19, Wolf Blass 
re-signed as ‘Official Wine of the AFL’, continuing  
a proud partnership extending from 2015. The brand 
also proudly sponsored the ICC Cricket World Cup  
in England and Wales, which is part of a three-year 
global partnership with the International Cricket 
Council and includes Official Wine Partner status  
of the ICC World T20 in Australia in 2020.

19 CRIMES  

19 CRIMES  
EARNS INDUSTRY 
APPLAUSE
19 Crimes, one of the fastest growing brands  
in TWE’s portfolio, gained further recognition  
in F19 through numerous prestigious industry 
awards. For the third consecutive year, it earned 
 ‘Hot Brand’ status in the US from Impact Magazine, 
acknowledging its market success. As the first wine 
brand to bring augmented reality to wine labels,  
19 Crimes was also awarded a GOLD at the 2019 
REGGIE awards competition, which recognises the 
best marketing campaigns activated by brands and 
agencies. This year, 19 Crimes also earned the most 
nominations of any company at the REGGIE awards 
for the Shopper Marketing Campaign category.

HOT  
BRAND

Download the Living Wine Labels app and  
watch the convicts come to life to tell their stories

PENFOLDS 

AM 6414- 0119 Crimes_QuarterPage_90x135_FA.indd   1

24/1/19   10:14 am

DOWNLOAD 
the Living Wine  
Labels app

EXPERIENCE 
the story behind  
the wine

SCAN 
the bottle with  
your phone camera

PENFOLDS AND 
CHAMPAGNE HOUSE 
THIÉNOT ANNOUNCE 
CHAMPAGNE 
COLLABORATION
Penfolds unveiled a new collaboration with  
family-owned Champagne House Thiénot. Three 
Champagnes, from the 2012 vintage, were created. 
This symbolically celebrates Penfolds 175th 
anniversary and marks the start of a wonderful 
French and Australian wine alliance. The inaugural 
global launch was held at The Ritz in Paris with  
an international guest list which included friends  
and a cross section of media from around the world.

ST HUBERTS THE STAG  

ST HUBERTS THE STAG  
ON SERVE AT THE 
AUSTRALIAN OPEN
TWE was announced as an official wine supplier  
of The Australian Open 2019. On-site activations 
were led by St Huberts The Stag, with The Vault  
– a branded tasting room that provided a complete 
cellar door experience in the heart of the Grand  
Slam Oval. In addition, wine from the TWE  
portfolio including Penfolds, Wynns and Seppelt  
were showcased across the two-week event,  
which saw more than 796,000 fans attend.

OFFICIAL 
WINE 
SUPPLIER

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019  |  7  

BRAND HIGHLIGHTS (CONTINUED)

SQUEALING PIG 

SQUEALING PIG  
BREAKS NEW  
TERRITORY FOR WINE 
In August 2018, Squealing Pig introduced 250ml 
wine in cans in Australia. The new spritzed rosé  
and pinot grigio varietals are now the top two wine  
in cans sold in Australia1. The format opens up wine 
to more occasions and consumers who are attracted  
to the refreshing taste, convenience, portability  
and portion size. In June 2019 the quirky  
brand also launched a rosé gin in Australia,  
and a global collection of emerging varietals  
from five countries-of-origin in Europe. 

NEW 
PRODUCT

LIVING WINE LABELS  

LIVING WINE LABELS 
GROWS GLOBALLY
As a company leading the way with bringing augmented 
reality to wine labels, TWE’s Living Wine Labels app 
has gone from strength to strength in F19, surpassing 
four million downloads globally and rating in the top 
0.63% of Android apps2. The app is available in multiple 
languages and markets around the world including the 
US, Australia, China, South Korea, the UK and Canada. 
Interactive brand experiences across 19 Crimes, Wolf 
Blass, Matua, Beringer Bros., Maison de Grand Esprit 
and Squealing Pig have earned the unique platform a 
raft of accolades including ‘Top Innovation of the Year’  
by Chinese industry media at the Chengdu Wine Fair,  
a GOLD at the 2018 REGGIE marketing awards in  
the US and a Silver Effies US award for Marketing 
Innovation under the Existing Channel category. 

MAISON DE GRAND ESPRIT  

MAISON DE GRAND  
ESPRIT SPONSORS  
BEIJING DESIGN WEEK 
As Official Wine Partner of 2018 Design China Beijing, 
Maison de Grand Esprit hosted a wine bar located at  
the central hub of the exhibition and created a series  
of four workshops by top Chinese modern designers – 
Qian Qingtong, Guangci Qu, Naihan Li, Zhoujie Zhang, 
which included wine tastings as well as exploring  
design and inspiration shared through the designers’ 
own unique stories. 

1. IRI Aus Liquor Unwtd Volume Canned Wine MAT to 12/05/19
2. Statista 2019

8  |  TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019

WOLF BLASS 

WOLF BLASS  
GREY LABEL  
CELEBRATES 50 YEARS
In 1967, Wolfgang Blass created the first Grey Label 
wine (1967 vintage), a blend of 70% Cabernet and 
30% Shiraz. This was the first wine to bear the Wolf 
Blass name. In 2019 we celebrate 50 years of this 
much-loved label with the release of the 2017 Grey 
Label Cabernet Shiraz and 2017 Grey Label Shiraz. 
Wolf Blass Grey Label red wines are unique and 
distinctive, rich in regional character and varietal 
expression. Highly acclaimed and proudly iconic, the 
Grey Label range offers benchmark South Australian 
reds from exceptional vineyards, crafted with the 
character to age impeccably yet with plush, rich, 
mid-palate fruit that allows for immediate enjoyment. 

GLOBAL  
RELEASE

PENFOLDS  
RELEASES  
COLLECTION 2018  
IN NEW YORK
Penfolds officially launched The Penfolds  
Collection 2018 in the cultural epicenter of New York, 
the first ever global release in the United States  
of America. This once-in-a-lifetime event marked  
the next step for Penfolds to establish a strong 
footprint in the US market and engage a new base  
of loyal customers. The gala evening brought to  
life Penfolds illustrious history and distinguished 
heritage, first established in 1844, for globally 
recognised tastemakers and industry insiders  
alike at Cedar Lake in West Chelsea, Manhattan.

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019  |  9  

PENFOLDS 

PENFOLDS RECOGNISED  
AS THE WORLD’S MOST 
ADMIRED WINE BRAND 
2019 – BY DRINKS 
INTERNATIONAL
The prestigious award is voted  
by an international panel of more 
than 200 wine buyers, masters of 
wine and wine writers. Penfolds 
has been acknowledged in the top 
five brands on the list since the 
awards commenced in 2011 and first  
received the top accolade in 2016.

BEAULIEU VINEYARD 

BEAULIEU VINEYARD 
GEORGES DE LATOUR 
AUCTION LOT ATTRACTS 
$260,000 BID
At the 39th Auction Napa Valley Fundraiser, the most 
celebrated charity wine auction in the US held by the 
Napa Valley Vintners, Beaulieu Vineyard was honored 
to sell the 80th anniversary Georges de Latour 
Private Reserve Cabernet Sauvignon Celebration Lot 
for $260,000, contributing a significant amount to  
the nearly $12 million raised for the Napa Valley 
community, helping return the spotlight to Beaulieu 
Vineyard on Napa’s biggest stage. 

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW

Treasury Wine Estates (TWE)  
is one of the world’s largest publicly 
listed wine companies, listed on  
the Australian Securities Exchange 
(ASX). The Company is focused  
on delivering shareholder value 
through the production of wine,  
and marketing and selling quality 
wine brands for consumers around  
the world.

The following Operating and Financial Review 
contains details of the significant changes in TWE’s 
state of affairs that occurred during the year ended 
30 June 2019.

TWE’S BUSINESS ACTIVITIES

TWE’s business activities in fiscal 2019 remained 
unchanged. TWE is a vertically integrated wine 
business focused on portfolio premiumisation 
supported by innovation, brand building investment 
and global sales and marketing execution.

TWE’s brand portfolio is represented across the 
Luxury, Masstige and Commercial1 price segments 
and sold in more than 100 countries around the  
world. Furthermore, TWE operates a balanced  
and sustainable sourcing model by diversifying its 
sourcing regions across Australia, the United States, 
New Zealand, Italy, France and other regions. 

TWE employs approximately 3,500 winemakers, 
viticulturists, sales, distribution and support staff 
across the globe.

TWE’S ORGANISATIONAL STRUCTURE  
AND SIGNIFICANT CHANGES IN THE  
STATE OF AFFAIRS

TWE continues to be focused on four regional segments:

• Australia and New Zealand (ANZ)

• Americas

• Europe 

• Asia

During the year, TWE made a series of management 
changes:

• Linnsey Caya (previously, Chief Legal Officer and 

Global General Counsel) was appointed Chief People 
and Legal Officer, based in Oakland (effective  
1 September 2018);

• Katie Hodgson (previously, Senior Human Resources 
Director ANZ and Global Talent and Capability) was 
appointed General Manager People and Capability, 
based in Melbourne (effective 1 September 2018);

• Tim Ford (previously, Deputy Chief Operating 
Officer) was appointed Chief Operating Officer, 
based in Melbourne (effective 19 January 2019);

• Angus McPherson (previously, Managing Director ANZ 
and Europe) was appointed Managing Director ANZ, 
Europe, South East Asia, Middle East and Africa, 
based in Melbourne (effective 15 February 2019);

• Tom King (previously, Managing Director Europe) 

was appointed Chief Operating Officer – Asia 
(effective 1 November 2018) and was subsequently 
appointed Managing Director North Asia, based  
in Shanghai (effective 18 February 2019);

• Michael Brooks was appointed Director Global 
Supply Chain, based in Melbourne (effective  
25 February 2019); and 

• Carolyn Coon (previously Global Director Corporate 
Communications) was appointed Global Director 
Corporate Affairs, based in Melbourne (effective  
14 March 2019). 

These appointments continue to reflect the flexibility 
and depth of TWE’s global talent pool at the executive 
leadership level. 

1. TWE participates in three price segments; Luxury (A$20+), Masstige (A$10-A$20) and Commercial (A$5-A$10). Segment price points are 

retail shelf price.

10  |  TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019

Other than the above matters and those matters 
referred to in both the ‘TWE Vision and Strategy’ 
section of the Operating and Financial Review and 
the Financial Statements in this Annual Report, 
there have been no other significant changes in the 
state of affairs of the Group during the financial year.

TWE owns and leases 9,149 planted hectares  
of vineyards in Australia and New Zealand and  
is the custodian of some of the most sought after 
viticultural assets in renowned winemaking regions, 
including the Barossa Valley and the Coonawarra  
in Australia, and Marlborough in New Zealand.

The Company also owns and/or operates 3,728 
planted hectares in key viticultural regions in 
California, including Napa Valley, Sonoma County, 
Lake County and the Central Coast.

TWE continues to optimise its inventory holdings  
to support portfolio premiumisation and at the  
same time pursue initiatives to reduce production 
costs across the Luxury, Masstige and Commercial 
segments, globally. 

Organisational focus on optimising production costs 
across TWE’s global business continues and future 
incremental savings are expected to be delivered  
in the ordinary course of business.

At the same time, TWE continues to focus on securing 
increased access to Luxury and Masstige fruit across 
all its sourcing regions via vineyard acquisitions, 
vineyard leasing, entering into supply contracts with 
third party growers as well as increasing its sourcing 
of Commercial grade wine from the bulk wine market.

Wine Production
TWE owns world-class wine production and packaging 
facilities:

• In Australia, TWE owns and operates eight wineries 

and two packaging facilities. TWE’s wines are 
primarily produced in South Australia and Victoria;

• In New Zealand, TWE owns one winery located  

in the Marlborough;

• In the US, TWE has seven wineries and  

one packaging facility located in the North  
and Central Coast regions of California; and

• In Europe, TWE owns one winery in Italy and on  
27 July 2019 TWE acquired a winery in France.

TWE’S BUSINESS MODEL

TWE is a vertically integrated wine business  
with three principal activities:

• Grape growing and sourcing

• Wine production

• Wine marketing, sales and distribution

Grape growing and sourcing 
TWE secures access to grapes and bulk wine from  
a range of sources including Company-owned and 
leased vineyards, grower vineyards and the bulk  
wine market. The Company’s sourcing mix varies  
by region as shown in Figure 1.

Figure 1: TWE’s regional sourcing model

Australia

23%

47%

US

17%

18%

New Zealand

28%

67%

Italy

21%

7%

France

TWE owned/leased vineyards
Grower contracts
Third party produced wine

30%

65%

5%

72%

100%

Proactively taking steps to de-risk TWE’s global 
sourcing model by embedding flexibility and 
diversification across geographic regions, varietals 
and price segments continues to be a driver of the 
Company’s sourcing strategy.

By embedding a diversified sourcing model as well as 
focusing on multi-region and multi-country sourcing, 
TWE is better able to manage vintage variation as 
well as grape and bulk wine pricing through periods 
of grape shortages and surpluses.

This diversification and flexibility also enables  
TWE to react to changes in consumer and  
customer preferences.

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019  |  11  

Marketing, selling and distribution of TWE wine
TWE markets, sells and distributes its branded wine to a range of customers in more than 100 countries  
around the world, tailoring and optimising its route-to-market model by country to capitalise on regional 
insights and opportunities.

TWE generates its revenues and profits from the production, marketing and sale of its portfolio of branded wine.

The Company has taken deliberate action to embed greater balance across its regional earnings mix, sourcing 
models and earnings delivery. 

Consequently, TWE’s improving profitability is increasingly being driven by high-growth segments, being 
Luxury and Masstige, as well as improved profitability across all segments (including the Commercial segment). 

Figure 2 shows the net sales revenue (NSR) and earnings before interest, tax, SGARA and material items 
(EBITS) contribution by region in F19.

Figure 2: TWE’s business performance by region in F19

Net sales revenue ($M)

EBITS contribution2 ($M)

ANZ 21%
Americas 40%
Europe 12%
Asia 27%

ANZ 22%
Americas 30%
Europe 7%
Asia 41%

GLOBAL INDUSTRY OVERVIEW

Global wine production and consumption
Global wine production increased by 17% in 2018, driven by increased production in Italy, France and Spain, 
where 2017 vintages were affected by weather.

Consumption remained broadly in line with the prior year with increased consumption in the United States,  
the world’s largest wine consumer, largely offset by lower total consumption in the United Kingdom and China. 

Figure 3: Global wine production and consumption3

11.0

10.0

9.0

8.0

7.0

a
h
m

6.0

1979

1980

1981

1982

1983

1984

1985

1986

1987

1988

1989

1990

1991

1992

1993

1994

1995

1996

1997

1998

1999

2000

2001

Global vineyard area
Global wine production (RHS)
Global wine consumption* (RHS)

2002

2003

2004

2005

2006

2007

2008

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

2018 F
2017

4,500

4,000

3,500

3,000

2,500

2,000

s
e
s
a
c

e
L
9
m

* Consumption figures include ~330m 9Le cases of wine used in the production of fortifieds and industrial applications.

2. Excludes corporate costs of $57.4 million.
3. International Organisation of Vine and Wine (OIV).

12  |  TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW (CONTINUED) 
 
 
While total wine consumption volume is forecast to decline in some markets due to a flat to declining 
Commercial segment, consumer demand remains strong at the Masstige and Luxury price points  
and this is expected to continue, driving total wine category value growth.

Figure 4: Forecast five-year compound annual growth rate (CAGR)  
in wine consumption in key growth areas and markets4

COUNTRY

China
Canada
New Zealand
US
Japan
Australia
United Kingdom

Figure 5: Value growth by price point

United States of America5

United Kingdom6

>$20

$8–$20

<$8

-3%

-3%

7%

11%

4%

5%

£8+

£6–£8

-4%

-7%

<£6

CAGR (2018 – 2022F)

9.8%
1.2%
0.7%
(0.5%)
(1.2%)
(1.9%)
(2.9%)

7%

13%

9%

17%

Mkt MAT to June 19

Mkt MAT to June 18

Mkt MAT to June 19

Mkt MAT to June 18

Australia7

Value growth of Australian bottled wine 
exports (freight on board) to China8

>$20

6%

11%

17%

>$20

146%

$10–$20

3%

3%

<$10

-3%

-1%

$10–$20

45%

43%

<$10

-7%

41%

41%

Mkt MAT to June 19

Mkt MAT to June 18

Mkt MAT to June 19

Mkt MAT to June 18

4. IWSR 2018, Still wine only, volume growth.
5. IRI Market Advantage, Table $4+, Still bottled wine only, MAT to 30 June 2019. 
6. Nielsen (750mL bottled still wine only) MAT to 16 June 2019.
7. Aztec Sales Data | Off-premise Channel Only | Bottled wine only | Weighted MAT to 7 July 2019. 
8. Wine Australia MAT to June 2019.

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019  |  13  

TWE VISION AND STRATEGY

TWE’s strategic vision and strategic imperatives have remained consistent over the last five years  
and are set out in Figure 6:

Figure 6: TWE’s vision and strategy

VISION

JOURNEY

STRATEGIC 
IMPERATIVES

ACTIONS

To be the world’s 
most celebrated wine company

Together we boldly lead change in the world of wine

PEOPLE

BRANDS

MARKETS

PARTNERS

MODEL

Build a high- 
performing 
organisation

• Drive an 
inclusive, 
supportive and 
collaborative 
culture

• Grow capability 

now and for 
the future

• Operate an 
effi cient and 
sustainable 
structure

Transform 
our portfolio

Win in priority 
markets

Develop 
long-term 
relationships

Optimise our 
capital base

• Grow priority 
brands, one 
portfolio at 
a time

• Expand into 

new countries-
of-origin through 
virtual brands

• Premiumise 
our portfolio

• Invest to drive 
consumer pull

• Deliver bigger, 

better campaigns

• Grow share in 
Asia through 
route-to-
market (RTM) 
and portfolio 
expansion

• Grow in 

US through 
premiumisation 
and RTM 
optimisation

• Expand 

no.1 position 
in Australia 
through category 
leadership

• Protect 

profi tability 
in other key 
markets

• Connect and 
engage with 
consumers

• Partner with 

key customers 
to grow wine 
category

• Drive 

performance 
for all 
stakeholders

• Operate 

sustainably, 
safely and 
responsibly

• Create supply 

chain cost 
and quality 
advantage

• Address high 

cost structures 
in mature 
markets

• Simplify 
processes 
and ways 
of working

BEHAVIOURS

Focus on 
top priorities 
and deliver 
against them

Instil belief 
in our wines, 
our company 
and our people

Build trust 
by acting with 
integrity and 
holding ourselves 
to account

Collaborate 
with all 
stakeholders 
to achieve 
shared goals

14  |  TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW (CONTINUED)STRATEGIC IMPERATIVE

PROGRESS AGAINST INITIATIVE IN F19

PEOPLE

Build a high- 
performing  
organisation

•  Drive an inclusive,  
supportive and  
collaborative culture
•  Grow capability now  
and for the future

•  Operate an efficient and 
sustainable structure

In F19, TWE achieved the following:
•  Grew our capability, now and for the future, through:

 – Delivering capability campaigns to build business acumen and understanding of our 

wine value chain through ‘Inspiring Growth: Vintage 19’, which was attended by more 
than 500 employees in Australia and over 400 employees in the Americas region;
 – Launching LinkedIn Learning globally, a world-class on-demand online learning 
platform – providing access for all TWE employees to new and emerging skills,  
as well as TWE curated content; and

 – Strengthening functional capability with the launch of the TWE Way of Marketing,  

and Global Hospitality Academy, in addition to the continued roll out of TWE’s Global 
Sales Academy.

•  Fostered a diverse, inclusive and collaborative culture through various initiatives, 

including expanding our TWEforSHE program to include Executive Leadership Team 
sponsorship for high potential/high performing women, with the objective of building our 
pipeline of senior female leaders; along with the continued implementation of TWE Tasker, 
our on-the-job, cross functional development program.

•  Operated an efficient and sustainable structure in support of our business goals, including 
the introduction of a Global Business Services team to support sustainable future growth. 

BRANDS

Transform  
our portfolio

•  Grow priority brands,  
one portfolio at a time

•  Expand into new  

countries-of-origin through 
virtual brands

•  Premiumise our portfolio
•  Invest to drive consumer pull
•  Deliver bigger, better campaigns

In F19, TWE achieved the following:
•  Accelerated Penfolds global luxury status through:

 – Driving strong increase in global demand leveraging new campaign and luxury 
credential building initiatives in key luxury markets – Asia and North America, 
launching our annual Penfolds collection in New York City;

 – Building trust marks through Penfolds Special Bottlings and Limited Release wines;
 – Global launch of Thiénot x Penfolds Champagne; and
 – Commemoration of its 175-year milestone.

•  19 Crimes maintained strong growth through global expansion, disruptive marketing,  

in-store display and innovation into adjacent categories. 

•  Squealing Pig became Australia’s #1 Rosé and named best Rosé in the World  

(Best Wine of the World competition), expands into gin and launches in the UK.
•  Launched category led innovation to deliver Refreshment opportunities – Main  

& Vine Spritzer cans and Sterling aluminium bottles in US, as well as T’Gallant  
and Squealing Pig cans in Australia. 

•  Launched French sourced Beaulieu Vineyard for China to extend portfolio and distribution 

and leverage the brand’s French heritage.

In F19, TWE achieved the following:
•  Expanded distribution penetration in China into more cities and across more partners 

through increased allocation of Luxury wine.

•  Fully embedded changes to TWE’s route-to-market in the US to strengthen the Company’s 

competitive positioning, drive greater brand availability and distribution and deliver 
EBITS margin growth.

•  Invested in brand and price segments in Australia where TWE is below its commensurate 
category share, notably in lighter-wine styles (e.g. Rosé, Pinot Grigio) as well as alternate 
packaging formats including cans and wine on tap.

•  Europe delivered on its double digit EBITS margin target, supported by increased focus on 
priority Masstige brands, including 19 Crimes, Lindeman’s and Wolf Blass and a continued 
focus on priority markets.

MARKETS

Win in priority  
markets

•  Grow share in Asia through 
RTM and portfolio expansion

•  Grow in US through 
premiumisation and  
RTM optimisation
•  Expand no.1 position  
in Australia through  
category leadership
•  Protect profitability  
in other key markets

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019  |  15  

STRATEGIC IMPERATIVE

PROGRESS AGAINST INITIATIVE IN F19

PARTNERS

Develop  
long-term  
relationships

•  Connect and engage  

with consumers

•  Partner with key customers  

to grow wine category
•  Drive performance for  

all stakeholders

In F19, TWE achieved the following:
•  Living Wine Labels achieved over 4 million global downloads and the app was launched 
into China. The platform has been the recipient of multiple Marketing Effectiveness 
awards, including the Effies US – Silver (Media innovation – Existing Channel), Chengdu 
Wine Fair (Top 10 Marketing Innovation of the Year, 2018-2019), Reggie – Silver 
(Creativity & Innovation).

•  TWE and Wolf Blass continued their affiliation with world sport, re-signing as ‘Official 

Wine of the AFL’ and also sponsoring the ICC Cricket World Cup in England and Wales  
in 2019. 

•  TWE and Seppelt partnered with the Victoria Racing Club and the Melbourne Cup Carnival, 

acquiring the naming rights for the final day of racing, Seppelt Wines Stakes Day.
•  TWE’s new route-to-market in the US has facilitated stronger direct relationships  

with retail and distributor partners.

MODEL

Optimise our  
capital base

•  Operate sustainably,  
safely and responsibly
•  Create supply chain cost  
and quality advantage

•  Address high cost structures  

in mature markets

•  Simplify processes and  

ways of working

In F19, TWE achieved the following:
•  Continued to embed Destination Zero Harm, a behaviour-led safety culture program  
with the objective of zero harm across the Company; achieving a 50% reduction in our 
Serious Incident Frequency Rate from 3.4 to 1.7 in F19.

•  Invested in the development of mental health awareness and mental health management 

programs to be implemented in F20.

•  Continued optimisation of TWE’s viticultural asset footprint including optimising balance 

between demand and supply for all varietals.

•  Increased access to Luxury and Masstige fruit to drive future premiumisation via select 
vineyard and winery acquisitions, investment in winemaking capability and access to 
third party grower contracts.

•  Progressed TWE’s ‘Simplify for Growth’ initiative aimed at reducing duplicated processes 
and driving operational efficiencies. The establishment of the Global Business Services 
division was a key milestone in F19.

•  Establishment of a new US$350 million syndicated debt facility to be used for  

working capital and capital investment purposes to support the continued growth  
of the global business.

16  |  TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW (CONTINUED)FUTURE PROSPECTS 

TWE remains focused on leveraging its organisational, 
strategic and physical assets across the world to drive 
continued value accretion for its shareholders. Areas  
of current and ongoing business focus that will likely 
impact TWE’s future operational and financial 
prospects include the following:

• Ongoing focus on premiumising TWE’s portfolio, 
supported by TWE’s non-current inventory of  
Luxury and Masstige wine.

• Investments in French production and vineyard 

assets and Australian Luxury winemaking  
capacity to support the next phase of the 
premiumisation journey. 

• TWE expects to continue to launch new, virtual 

wine brands that are multi-regionally sourced from 
new countries-of-origin, as the Company positions 
itself as a truly global wine category manager.

• Ongoing focus on generating new revenue streams 
for TWE’s brand portfolio and selectively pursuing 
potential opportunities for category adjacencies  
for some brands (e.g. Penfolds spirited wine, 
Squealing Pig Gin).

• Leveraging global expertise to invest in sales  

and marketing capability in TWE’s key growth 
regions – North Asia and the US.

• Leveraging the new route-to-market in the US  

to drive greater brand availability, strengthened 
strategic retail and distributor partnerships and 
EBITS dollar and margin growth. 

• TWE targets financial metrics that are consistent 
with an investment grade credit profile. TWE’s 
balance sheet provides the Company with the 
flexibility to pursue value accretive opportunities  
for shareholders.

• Continuation of TWE’s ‘Simplify for Growth’ 

program – an initiative launched in F18 targeting 
operational efficiency and enhanced returns from 
brand building investment.

• TWE expects to deliver approximately 15% to 20% 

EBITS growth on a reported basis in F201 and 
ongoing EBITS margin and Return on Capital 
Employed accretion in F20 and beyond.

1. Assuming no material changes due to vintage or foreign exchange movements. Does not include impacts from the application of AASB 16  

Leases or one-off charges of approximately $35 million associated with the expansion of Luxury winemaking infrastructure in South Australia.

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019  |  17  

MATERIAL BUSINESS RISKS

There are various risks that could have a material impact on the achievement of TWE’s strategies  
and future prospects.

Below are those risks that TWE considers of greatest materiality to the business, and existing mitigations 
against these risks.

RISK

DESCRIPTION

MITIGATION

Climate

TWE’s ability to effectively respond to and manage the 
impacts of climate-related change may lead to adverse 
effects on business operations and performance. 
Restrictions on access to and/or an increase in the cost 
of water and energy, the introduction of a carbon price 
and emission reduction targets and the inability of 
third-party suppliers to adapt to and mitigate against 
climate change, could impact on TWE’s ability to 
effectively source grapes and wine for production  
and may also impact TWE’s cost base.

Constrained 
grape supply

TWE’s ability to fulfil demand, in particular growing 
demand for Luxury wine, is restricted by the 
availability of grapes. Climate change, agricultural 
and other factors, such as disease, pests, extreme 
weather conditions, water scarcity, biodiversity loss 
and competing land use, create increased risk that 
TWE will be unable to fulfil demand.
To the extent that any of the foregoing impact the 
quality and quantity of grapes available to TWE  
for the production of wine, the financial prospects  
of operations could be adversely affected, both in the 
year of harvest and in future periods.

Loss of key 
leadership/
talent

Brand 
reputation/ 
damage

TWE’s ability to deliver on strategic targets is reliant 
on attracting and retaining experienced, skilled  
and motivated talent in core functions such as 
winemaking, sales and marketing.
It also requires strong, resilient and effective leaders 
as the business grows at pace.
Inability to retain key talent can impact relationships 
with TWE’s key partners, result in lost business 
knowledge, increase risk of employee burnout and 
hamper the business’ ability to deliver on key initiatives.

The strength of TWE’s portfolio of brands is key  
to the success of the business. As a brand-led 
organisation, managing the reputation of brands,  
and mitigating the potential for events that could 
damage brands (e.g. social and environmental  
risks, counterfeited product, black market trade, 
inaccurate media coverage, unsatisfactory supplier 
performance, supplier environmental or social 
incidents, product quality issues, etc.) is critical  
to TWE’s ongoing success.
Failure to protect and effectively manage  
TWE’s portfolio of brands could have significant 
reputational and financial repercussions.

•  Innovation investment, including collaboration with 

research institutes on climate change adaptation and water 
efficiency research, development and extension projects. 

•  Environment Policy and Standard, monitoring and 

reporting systems. 

•  Strategic climate change remediation investment plan  

and vineyard capital investment plan.

•  Innovative agronomic practices including investment  

in innovative technologies that use less water in vineyard, 
winery and packaging, such as drought resistant root 
stocks, and use of technology at key vineyards to monitor 
soil moisture and visualise water stress. 

•  Sustainable Future program to drive best practice across 

all regions and gain consistent measurement of, and 
reduction targets for, water and energy.

•  Long-term vintage planning and ongoing demand planning 

processes.

•  Strategic climate change remediation investment plan  

and vineyard capital investment plan.

•  Defined programs to progressively reduce cost of goods sold 

over the next five years.

•  Balanced grape intake between owned/leased vineyards 

and third-party suppliers.

•  Multi-regional growing and sourcing.
•  Innovative agronomic practices.
•  Strong grower relationships and defined service  

level agreements.

•  Innovation investment, including collaboration with 

research institutes on climate change adaptation and water 
efficiency research, development and extension projects.

•  Strategically aligned and targeted learning  

and development programs.

•  Talent review and succession planning processes.
•  Employee safety (including health and wellbeing) program.
•  Incentive and reward programs aligned to TWE’s vision 

and growth behaviours.

•  Employee retention agreements.

•  Brand portfolio and product strategy, including portfolio 
rationalisation, prioritisation and targeted investment  
in consumer marketing.

•  Consumer insights and innovation team supporting  
the monitoring and awareness of brand health and 
consumer trends.

•  Product pricing strategy and global pricing alignment.
•  Code of Conduct, Responsible Marketing Guidelines, 
Responsible Consumption program, Responsible 
Procurement Code, Environment Policy and Standard, 
Media Policy and Social Media Policy and incident 
management procedures. 

•  Corporate Responsibility framework.
•  Global media monitoring (including social/digital media).
•  Brand and intellectual property protection strategies.

18  |  TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW (CONTINUED)Changing 
laws, 
regulations 
and 
geopolitical 
landscape

Significant 
business 
disruption 
and/or 
catastrophic 
damage  
or loss

Foreign 
exchange 
rate impacts

Information 
security/
cyber/fraud 
threat

RISK

DESCRIPTION

MITIGATION

Partner 
performance  
and market 
concentration

TWE relies on a number of key partners (suppliers, 
distributors and retailers) to support delivery of key 
strategic initiatives. The suboptimal performance  
of these partners, and/or their market concentration 
and power, could have a significant impact on TWE’s 
ability to deliver these initiatives.

•  Multi-regional and diversified supplier, distributor  

and retailer base.

•  Defined and pre-approved terms of engagement.
•  Investment in strong and multifaceted key  

partner relationships.

•  Joint business planning processes to support and align 

TWE operates in a highly regulated industry in  
many of the markets in which it makes and sells wine. 
Each of these markets have differing regulations and 
geopolitical landscapes that govern many aspects  
of TWE’s operations, including taxation, production, 
manufacturing, pricing, marketing, advertising, 
distribution and sale of wine.
Remaining compliant with and abreast of changes  
to such regulations requires diligent and ongoing 
monitoring by the business. Additionally, changes  
and additional regulations as well as government 
actions which influence or restrict international trade 
could significantly impact the nature of operations  
in these markets.

internal and partner incentives.
•  Quarterly performance reviews.

•  Company-wide policies, standards and procedures.
•  TWE Compliance framework. 
•  Crisis, Business Continuity and Disaster Recovery Plans.
•  Specialised and experienced resources and teams.
•  Executive Leadership Team oversight via the Risk, 

Compliance and Governance Committee.

•  TWE risk and assurance framework, including targeted reviews 
by external and internal audit and other specialist providers.
•  Relationships and engagement (where relevant) with key 
government, industry advocacy and regulatory bodies.

•  Flexible supply chain practices.

TWE’s scope of operations exposes it to a number  
of business disruption risks, such as environmental 
catastrophes, natural and man-made hazards and 
incidents, or politically motivated violence.
Significant business disruption could result in TWE 
sites or employees being harmed or threatened, loss  
of key infrastructure, inventory shortages or loss, 
customer dissatisfaction, or financial and reputational loss.

•  Crisis, Business Continuity and Disaster Recovery  

Plans, training and resources.

•  Dedicated health and safety team oversight, audit 

programs and training.

•  Preventative repair and maintenance program.
•  Multi-regional sourcing and production capability.
•  Comprehensive insurance program.

TWE is exposed to foreign exchange risk from  
a number of sources, namely from the export of 
Australian produced wine to key offshore markets  
in North America and Europe. Foreign exchange rate 
movements impact TWE’s earnings on a transactional 
and translational basis.

Data/information security is essential to protect 
business critical intellectual property and privacy  
of data. Continuing advances in technology, systems 
and communication channels mean increasing 
amounts of private and confidential data are now 
stored electronically. This, together with increasing 
cyber-crime, heightens the need for robust data 
security measures.

Infrastructure 
supporting 
growth

The business relies on IT infrastructure, systems  
and processes to support ongoing business growth. 
Where such infrastructure cannot efficiently support 
the changing needs of the business, there is risk  
of process inefficiency and/or error, which includes 
increased costs and processing times or damage  
to business reputation.

•  Active foreign exchange hedging strategy.
•  Partial natural hedges (purchases and sales within the 

same currency) where possible.

•  Matched debt funding of assets by currency, where possible.

•  Information Security Policy, supporting framework  

and specialised resources.

•  Restricted and segregated management of sensitive 

business/supplier/customer data.

•  Periodic employee training and alerts to ensure secure 

handling of sensitive data.

•  Crisis, Business Continuity and Disaster Recovery Plans.
•  Periodic user access and general system penetration testing.
•  Program to monitor and detect cyber threats across the 

enterprise network.

•  Vulnerability management program to identify and 

remediate susceptible high-risk areas within the enterprise 
environment.

•  Defined and Executive Leadership Team approved  

IT roadmap and strategy.

•  A global Enterprise Resource Planning system and 

reporting capability.

•  IT policies and supporting procedures (security, change 

management, project management, etc.).

•  Documentation and mapping of key processes and controls 

across the business.

•  Semi-annual key control self-assessment process.

Changing 
consumer 
preferences/ 
market 
trends

The business’ ability to effectively manage current 
and non-current inventory is intrinsically linked to 
actual and forecast consumer demand – particularly 
given the long product lead-time and agricultural 
nature of the business.
Unanticipated changes in consumer demand or 
preferences can have adverse effects on the business’ 
ability to either capture growth opportunities  
or manage supply.

•  Dedicated consumer insights and innovation  

team tracking consumer trends and researching  
new opportunities.

•  Brand portfolio and product strategy, including portfolio 
rationalisation, prioritisation and targeted investment  
in consumer marketing.

•  Global business planning processes, including portfolio 

reviews and global volume alignment processes.

•  Strategic focus on premium (high demand) categories.

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019  |  19  

PROFIT REPORT

Financial Performance

A$M (UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED)

F19

F18

CHANGE

F18

CHANGE

REPORTED CURRENCY

CONSTANT CURRENCY

Net sales revenue
NSR per case ($)

Other Revenue
Cost of goods sold

Cost of goods sold per case ($)

Gross profit

Gross profit margin (% of NSR)

Cost of doing business

Cost of doing business margin (% of NSR)

EBITS
EBITS margin (%)
SGARA
EBIT
Net finance costs
Tax expense
Net profit after tax (before material items)
Material items (after tax)
Non-controlling interests
Net profit after tax
Reported EPS (A¢)
Net profit after tax (before material items  
and SGARA)
EPS (before material items and SGARA) (A¢)
Average no. of shares (m)
Dividend (A¢)

2,831.6
79.77
51.4
(1,660.8)
46.79
1,222.2
43.2%
(559.5)
19.8%
662.7
23.4%
(19.7)
643.0
(52.0)
(171.5)
419.5
-
-
419.5
58.4

433.8
60.4
718.4
38.0

2,429.0
70.25
67.4
(1,435.6)
41.52
1,060.8
43.7%
(530.6)
21.8%
530.2
21.8%
(15.1)
515.1
(33.4)
(116.7)
365.0
(4.6)
(0.1)
360.3
49.7

376.0
51.8
725.7
32.0

16.6%
13.6%
(23.7)%
(15.7)%
(12.7)%
15.2%
(1.1)%
(5.4)%
2.0ppts
25.0%
1.6ppts
(30.5)%
24.8%
(55.7)%
(47.0)%
14.9%
100.0%
100.0%
16.4%
17.5%

15.4%
16.6%

18.8%

2,519.8
72.88
69.0
(1,496.4)
43.28
1,092.4
43.4%
(547.1)
21.7%
545.3
21.6%
(16.5)
528.8
(34.8)
(117.9)
376.1
(4.9)
(0.1)
371.1
51.1

388.5
53.5
725.7
32.0

12.4%
9.5%
(25.5)%
(11.0)%
(8.1)%
11.9%
(0.5)%
(2.3)%
1.9ppts
21.5%
1.8ppts
(19.4)%
21.6%
(49.4)%
(45.5)%
11.5%
100.0%
100.0%
13.0%
14.3%

11.7%
12.9%

18.8%

Financial headlines1,2
• Net Sales Revenue (NSR) increased 16.6% on  

a reported currency basis and 12.4% on a constant 
currency basis. Key drivers were a 2.7% increase  
in volume and 9.5% growth in NSR per case, 
reflecting portfolio premiumisation and price 
realisation within the Luxury and Masstige portfolio

• EBITS of $662.7 million, up 25.0% on a reported 
currency basis and 21.5% on a constant currency 
basis, with EBITS margin up 1.8ppts to 23.4%

• Strong uplift in NPAT, Reported EPS and EPS 

(before material items and SGARA) 

• Net borrowings reduced by $51.8 million to  

$750.5 million and Net debt3/EBITDAS, adjusted  
for capitalised operating leases, improved to  
1.7x (from 1.9x in F18) 

• Cash conversion of 75.8% was above the guided 
60-70% range, reflecting the cycling through of 
route-to-market changes and an improved sales 
order profile in the US, and efficient inventory 
management on the 2019 Australian vintage. 
Excluding investment in non-current Luxury and 
Masstige inventory, cash conversion was 92.4%

Business headlines
• Top-line growth was delivered through increased 

volume, portfolio premiumisation and price 
realisation. In F19, all regions delivered volume, 
NSR and NSR per case growth

• Execution of the premiumisation strategy continues 

to gain momentum with Luxury and Masstige  
NSR growing 27.4% in F19, and now representing 
68.8% of Group NSR

• Strong EBITS growth delivered in Asia, driven  

by TWE’s premiumisation strategy, the increased 
availability of Luxury and Masstige wine and 
outstanding execution

• US route-to-market changes embedded; margin 

accretion delivered in the second half of F19 with 
further benefits expected from F20 onwards as  
the new model is refined and builds momentum

• Investment in strategic partnerships with 

distributor and retail partners in priority markets, 
supported by joint business planning and insight-led 
category growth initiatives

1. Financial information in this report is based on audited financial statements. Non-IFRS measures have not been subject to audit or 

review. The non-IFRS measures are used internally by Management to assess the operational performance of the business and make 
decisions on the allocation of resources.

2. Unless otherwise stated, all percentage or dollar movements from prior periods contained in the Profit Report are pre-material items  

on a constant currency basis and are subject to rounding.

3. Net debt has been reduced by $12.1 million (F18: $12.7 million increase) to reflect fair value hedges on a portion of US Private Placement notes.

20  |  TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW (CONTINUED)• Simplify for Growth initiatives to deliver operational 
efficiencies. Establishment of the Global Business 
Services function in F19 represents an important 
milestone 

• Acquisition of French production and vineyard  
assets in the Bordeaux region of France and 
significant future expansion of Luxury winemaking 
in South Australia represent key investments  
in premiumisation

Cost of Doing Business (CODB)

• CODB up 2.3% to $559.5 million, largely due to 

investment in brands and organisational capability 
in Asia, moving to a direct sales model in the  
US and one-off costs associated with Simplify  
for Growth initiatives 

• CODB margin improved by 1.9ppts, reflecting 
strong revenue growth, business simplification  
and continued cost discipline

Dividend 
• Final dividend of 20 cents per share, fully franked; 
full year dividend of 38 cents per share delivering 
18.8% growth versus F18, and a pay-out ratio  
of 62.9%4

• Dividend reinvestment plan re-activated during F19

Corporate costs

• Corporate costs up $3.8 million to $57.4 million,  
driven by establishment costs in relation to the  
Global Business Services function 

EBITS by region

Revenue by region

REPORTED 
CURRENCY

CONSTANT 
CURRENCY

REPORTED 
CURRENCY

CONSTANT 
CURRENCY

A$M

F19

F18

%

F18

%

A$M

F19

F18

%

F18

%

Net Sales Revenue
602.3
ANZ
748.9
Asia
1,134.4
Americas
Europe
346.0
Total sales 
revenue
Other 
revenue
Total 
Revenue

51.4

598.7
547.6
961.8
320.9

0.6%
36.8%
17.9%
7.8%

598.8
552.2
1,037.4
331.4

0.6%
35.6%
9.4%
4.4%

2,831.6 2,429.0

16.6%

2,519.8

12.4%

67.4

(23.7)%

69.0

(25.5)%

2,883.0 2,496.4

15.5% 2,588.8

11.4%

Revenue
• Net Sales Revenue increased 12.4%. Volume grew 
2.7% and NSR per case was up 9.5%, driven by 
strong sales execution across all regions, portfolio 
premiumisation and price realisation across Luxury 
and Masstige brands

• Other revenue reflects the exit of third party 
distribution and packaging arrangements  
in New Zealand 

Cost of Goods Sold (COGS)

• COGS per case up 8.1%, primarily driven  
by portfolio premiumisation. Higher prices  
of Australian Commercial wine also  
increasing COGS, partly offset by supply  
chain optimisation savings in Australia

156.5
293.5
218.7
51.4
(57.4)

136.1
205.2
193.0
49.5
(53.6)

15.0%
43.0%
13.3%
3.8%
(7.1)%

133.8
197.4
214.9
52.8
(53.6)

17.0%
48.7%
1.8%
(2.7)%
(7.1)%

662.7

530.2

25.0%

545.3

21.5%

ANZ
Asia
Americas
Europe
Corporate
TWE 
EBITS

EBITS 

• EBITS of $662.7 million, up 25.0% on a reported 
basis and up 21.5% on a constant currency basis, 
principally driven by premiumisation and strong 
global earnings momentum 

• EBITS margin up 1.8ppts to 23.4%, a step closer  

on TWE’s journey to 25% and beyond

SGARA 

• SGARA loss of $19.7 million ($4.6 million higher 
than pcp) driven by the Californian vintage loss  
and unwinding of 2017 Australian gain; partially 
offset by the unwinding of prior vintage losses 

Net finance costs

• Increased net finance costs are principally driven  

by higher average borrowings following the  
on-market share buy-back in F18 and undrawn 
commitment fees on bilateral debt facilities 

4.  TWE targets a dividend payout ratio of between 55%-70% of Net Profit After Tax (pre-material items and SGARA) over a fiscal year.

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019  |  21  

Tax expense

Working Capital

• The higher tax expense in F19 predominantly 
reflects an increase in earnings in Australia  
and Asia 

• Effective tax rate in F19 of 29.0% is higher than  

the prior year as a result of the prior year including 
a one-off tax benefit in the US following the 
enactment of the US Tax Cuts and Jobs Act.  
The effective tax rate also reflects the increase  
in the growth of earnings in Australia and Asia 

Net profit after tax (NPAT)

• NPAT before material items $419.5 million, up 
11.5%, driven by higher EBITS, partially offset  
by higher SGARA loss, increased net finance costs 
and higher tax expense 

Earnings Per Share (EPS)

• EPS (before SGARA and material items) increased 
12.9% to 60.4cps. Reported basic EPS increased 
14.3% to 58.4cps 

Balance Sheet (condensed)5

A$M

F19

F18

Cash & cash equivalents
Receivables
Current inventories
Non-current inventories
Property, plant & equipment
Agricultural assets
Intangibles
Tax assets
Assets held for sale
Other assets
Total assets

Payables
Borrowings
Tax liabilities
Provisions
Other liabilities
Total liabilities
Net assets

401.8
662.0
1,024.0
1,068.9
1,398.7
29.4
1,163.8
152.3
78.3
21.0
6,000.2

780.7
1,165.1
289.5
50.2
8.6
2,294.1
3,706.1

89.4
593.3
1,012.3
952.1
1,416.5
41.3
1,128.9
154.5
45.2
12.2
5,445.7

759.3
879.6
245.3
49.4
15.8
1,949.4
3,496.3

Balance sheet movements as at 30 June 2019

Net assets up $209.8 million to $3,706.1 million, 
principally driven by an increase in cash and  
non-current inventory, partially offset by increased 
borrowings. Adjusting for movements in foreign 
exchange rate movements, net assets increased  
by $136.4 million

Higher working capital relative to 30 June 2018, 
reflecting:

• Total inventory which increased by $128.5 million 
in F19 to $2,092.9 million, reflecting the intake  
of high quality, high volume vintages in Australia 
and California and the impact of foreign exchange 
translation on US inventory

Luxury inventory increased 11.1% to $1,230.4 million:

 – Premiumisation of inventory mix, through 

increasing Luxury availability, remains a priority 

 – The very strong and high quality 2019  

Australian Luxury vintage saw intake up 10% on 
the prior year, supported by TWE’s multi-regional 
sourcing strategy 

 – 2017 Australian vintage will commence release  

in F20

• Payables slightly above the prior year, reflecting 

TWE’s disciplined approach to managing its cost base 

• Receivables grew 11.6% in F19, driven by strong 
top-line growth, with NSR up 16.6% in the year

Property, Plant & Equipment 

Property, Plant & Equipment decreased $17.8 million 
to $1,398.7 million reflecting depreciation, disposal  
of assets and increase in assets held for sale, partly 
offset by vineyard and winemaking investments  
in Australia and the US

Agricultural assets

Agricultural assets at 30 June 2019 represent  
the market value of unharvested grapes prior  
to the 2019 US vintage. Decline in the year reflects  
the sale of surplus assets in the US and fair market 
value adjustments 

Intangibles

Adjusting for foreign currency movements, intangible 
assets increased by $12.5 million, principally reflecting 
investment in IT systems supporting Simplify for 
Growth initiatives, offset by amortisation expense

Provisions

Provisions balance broadly in line with pcp

Tax and other assets 

Increase in net tax liabilities principally relates to 
increased profitability across all regions, particularly 
ANZ and Asia 

Assets held for sale

Increase in assets held for sale relates to surplus 
supply assets in the US 

5. Unless otherwise stated, balance sheet percentage or dollar movements from the previous period are on a reported currency basis. 

22  |  TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW (CONTINUED)Net Borrowings6 
Net Borrowings decreased $51.8 million to  
$750.5 million, driven by positive Group cash  
flow, offset by increased term borrowings  
following establishment of the US$350 million 
syndicated facility and unfavourable currency 
translation on US$ denominated borrowings 

Balance sheet leverage

Net debt/EBITDAS of 1.7x (adjusted for operating 
leases) and interest cover of 12.8x

Funding structure

At 30 June 2019, TWE had committed debt facilities 
totalling approximately $1.9 billion, comprising;

• Drawn bank facilities of $499.6 million and  

$571.0 million of US Private Placement notes 

• Undrawn committed, bilateral debt facilities 

totalling $821.1 million

Weighted average term to maturity of committed 
facilities 4.6 years 

Cash flow – reconciliation of net debt7 

A$M (UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED)

F19

F18

Movement in net debt
Net debt decreased $51.8 million to $750.5 million. 
Drivers of the movement in net debt included:

EBITDAS

EBITDAS increased $138.0 million on a reported 
currency basis driven by premiumisation and strong 
global earnings momentum, partially offset by 
increased COGS and CODB

Movement in working capital8 
Net working capital outflow driven by:

• Increased inventory reflecting the intake of high 
quality, high volume vintages in Australia and 
California and the impact of foreign exchange 
translation on US inventory

• Higher receivables of 11.6%, driven by strong 

top-line growth with NSR up 16.6% in the year

• Payables slightly above the prior year, reflecting 
TWE’s disciplined approach to managing its  
cost base

765.7
(170.2)
(14.8)

EBITDAS
Change in working capital
Other items
Net operating cash flows before 
financing costs, tax and material items 580.7
75.8%
Cash conversion
(159.8)
Capital expenditure
Net investment proceeds
101.6
Cash flows after net capital 
expenditure, before financing costs, 
tax and material items
Net interest paid
Tax paid
Cash flows before dividends  
and material items
Dividends/distributions paid
Cash flows after dividends before 
material items
Material item cash flows
On-market share buyback
On-market share purchases
Total cash flows from activities

114.2
(1.5)
–
(16.6)
96.1

522.5
(51.1)
(112.5)

358.9
(244.7)

627.7
(177.1)
(23.8)

426.8
68.0%
(215.4)
50.1

261.5
(29.3)
(93.7)

138.5
(203.7)

(65.2)
(8.1)
(300.0)
(42.9)
(416.2)

Opening net debt
Total cash flows from activities (above)
Debt revaluation and foreign exchange 
movements
Decrease/(Increase) in net debt

Closing net debt

(802.3)
96.1

(354.8)
(416.2)

(44.3)
51.8

(31.3)
(447.5)

(750.5)

(802.3)

6. Borrowings have been reduced by $12.1 million (F18: $12.7 million increase) to reflect fair value hedges on a portion of US Private 

Placement notes.

7. Unless otherwise stated, cash flow percentage or dollar movements from the previous period are on a reported currency basis. 
8. Change in working capital reflects operating cash flow movements.

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019  |  23  

Other items

On-market share purchases

Reduction in on-market share purchases reflects 
vesting of shares under TWE’s Long Term Incentive 
Plans being delivered in F19 via a combination of  
new shares issued and shares purchased on-market 

Exchange rate impact

Lower period-end exchange rates used to revalue 
foreign currency borrowings and cash as at  
30 June 2019 increased net debt by $44.3 million

Cash conversion

Cash conversion of 75.8% was above the guided 
60-70% range, a result of cycling through route-to-
market changes and an improved sales order profile 
in the US, and efficient inventory management  
for the 2019 Australian vintage. Excluding TWE’s 
investment in non-current Luxury and Masstige 
inventory, which will be released in future years to 
support continued earnings growth, cash conversion 
was 92.4% 

Other items reflects movements in provisions  
and profit on sale of assets

Capital expenditure

Capital expenditure (capex) of $159.8 million comprising:

• Maintenance and Replacement capex  

of $132.1 million

• Growth capex including vineyard acquisitions  

and IT investments of $27.7 million

In F20, Maintenance and Replacement capex  
is expected to be in the range of $100 million  
to $110 million, with growth capex of up to  
$135 million including investment in assets 
supporting premiumisation

Net investment proceeds 

Net investment proceeds reflects receipts from  
the sale of surplus supply assets, notably in  
the US, and oak barrels for sale and leaseback 

Net interest paid 

Increased net interest paid driven by higher average 
borrowings following the on-market share buy-back  
in F18, and increased committed debt facilities 

Dividends paid

Increase in dividends paid reflects F19 interim 
dividend of 18 cents per share and F18 final  
dividend of 17 cents per share, representing  
an increase of 20.1% relative to pcp 

Tax paid

Increase in tax paid predominantly reflects increased 
profits in respect of the Australian operations

24  |  TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW (CONTINUED)REGIONAL SUMMARIES AMERICAS 
REGIONAL SUMMARIES AMERICAS 

Financial performance

Historical EBITS and EBITS margin*

REPORTED 
CURRENCY

CONSTANT 
CURRENCY

A$M

F19

F18

%

F18

%

9.4%
17.9% 1,037.4
NSR (A$m)
1,134.4
6.5%
75.96
14.8%
NSR per case (A$) 80.87
214.9
EBITS (A$m)
1.8%
13.3%
218.7
20.7% (1.4)ppts
EBITS margin (%) 19.3% 20.1% (0.8)ppts

961.8
70.43
193.0

A$M

250.0

225.0

200.0

175.0

150.0

125.0

100.0

75.0

50.0

25.0

0.0

20.0%

18.0%

16.0%

14.0%

12.0%

10.0%

8.0%

6.0%

4.0%

2.0%

0.0%

1H EBITS

2H EBITS

FY EBITS 
Margin

* Chart presented
  on a reported 
  currency basis.

F15

F16

F17 F18 F19

Business performance 
• Shipments were lower than depletions in F19; 
Luxury and Masstige depletions were up 9%  
in the year

• NSR growth of 9.4% was driven by:

 – Higher volume of 2.7%, reflecting positive 
momentum in the first full financial year  
operating under the new route-to-market model 

 – NSR per case grew 6.5% led by strong portfolio 
premiumisation and the overall benefits from  
the route-to-market changes in the US, offset  
by increased discounting in the US market, 
particularly in the Commercial portfolio

• COGS per case increased due to improved portfolio 
mix, higher logistics costs in the direct distribution 
states under the new route-to-market model and  
the ongoing impact of lower yielding, high quality 
vintages, notably across leased vineyards 

• Higher overheads were incurred above the line in 

F19 to support transition to the new route-to-market 
model, with the removal of transitional overheads 
having commenced in the second half of F19

• EBITS growth delivered in Canada and  

Latin America

• Regional EBITS grew 1.8% to $218.7 million with 
improved operating leverage under the new route- 
to-market model partly offset by price impacts in 
response to competitor discounting and transitional 
route-to-market overheads

• EBITS margin declined 1.4ppts to 19.3%,  

an improvement of 0.8% on the first half of F19 

Americas regional perspectives
• Luxury and Masstige segments of the US wine 
market continue to exhibit strong growth, with 
Commercial segment declines (excluding bag in box) 
driven by increasing retailer focus on private label 
and aggressive competitor discounting

• TWE continues to focus on growing its Luxury  

and Masstige portfolios, having proactively exited 
lower margin Commercial volumes in previous 
years, ahead of other players

• Growth momentum across the Luxury and Masstige 

portfolio led by Stags’ Leap, Beringer Luxury,  
BV, Penfolds, 19 Crimes, Matua, The Stag and 
Beringer Brothers

• TWE is pleased with its performance to date in  

the US following transformational route-to-market 
changes:

 – Building collaborative, long-term relationships 
with distributor and retail partners focused  
on expanding availability and distribution, 
complemented by the activation of consumer led 
pull through programs

 – Improving broad market availability and growing 
points of distribution remain an ongoing priority

 – Cost base and organisational efficiency to improve 

over time

• Future growth to come from improved execution, 
improved availability in the broad market and 
increased focus on premiumisation; EBITS  
margin accretion expected from F20 onwards 

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019  |  25  

REGIONAL SUMMARIES ASIA

Financial performance

Historical EBITS and EBITS margin*

REPORTED 
CURRENCY

CONSTANT 
CURRENCY

A$M

F19

F18

%

F18

%

35.6%
36.8%
552.2
NSR (A$m)
748.9
26.9%
28.0% 126.99
NSR per case (A$) 161.19
197.4
EBITS (A$m)
48.7%
43.0%
293.5
35.7% 3.5ppts
EBITS margin (%) 39.2% 37.5% 1.7ppts

547.6
125.93
205.2

Business performance
• Strong growth delivered through outstanding 

execution across all major markets 

• Continued top-line momentum with NSR up 35.6%, 

supported by:

 – Increased availability of Luxury  

and Masstige wine

 – Price realisation across the region  

on several brands

 – Strengthening of key strategic partnerships  

that are driving breadth and depth of distribution 
throughout the region

 – Growth rates weighted to the second half of F19, 
reflecting the allocation of Luxury wine and a 
more balanced sales profile for Rawson’s Retreat 
through the year

• Record depletions achieved in F19, and forward  

days of inventory cover remain broadly in line with 
the prior year9

• Execution of the multiple country-of-origin (COO) 
portfolio strategy continues to strengthen, with 
Australian and French brand NSR up 44% and  
38% respectively in F1910

• NSR per case up 26.9%, driven by mix improvement, 

price realisation in the Luxury and Masstige 
segments and the exit of lower margin Commercial 
volumes in SEAMEA in the first quarter of F19

• Higher CODB reflects proactive, ongoing investment 

in the region:

 – Higher investment to support future brand growth 
and portfolio expansion, with the launch of Lot 518 
a highlight in F19

A$M

350.0

300.0

250.0

200.0

150.0

100.0

50.0

0.0

40.0%
38.0%
36.0%
34.0%
32.0%
30.0%
28.0%
26.0%
24.0%
22.0%
20.0%
18.0%
16.0%
14.0%
12.0%
10.0%

1H EBITS

2H EBITS

FY EBITS 
Margin

* Chart presented
  on a reported 
  currency basis.

F15

F16

F17 F18 F19

 – Investment in sales, marketing and support 
functions continuing to deliver step change  
in organisational capability

 – Despite the higher CODB, strong NSR growth 

drove lower CODB margin in F19

• EBITS up 48.7% to $293.5 million, with margin 

accretion of 3.5ppts to 39.2% delivered 

Asian regional perspectives
• Fundamentals of the Asian wine market remain 

attractive; consumption continues to grow, 
particularly at premium price points

• TWE’s route-to-market, focused on self-distribution, 

provides a key competitive advantage to 
maintaining growth momentum across the region 
through changing macro-economic cycles 

• Growing a portfolio of strong brands from multiple 
COO’s remains a priority for TWE throughout the 
region; TWE is currently delivering growth across 
its Australian and French COO portfolios and 
momentum for US brands is expected to return  
once the US/China trade relationship improves

• TWE sees tremendous opportunity to continue 

growing market share from the current sub 5%  
level by working closely with its wholesale and  
retail partners 

• 35%+ EBITS margin guidance maintained for  

F20 and beyond

9.   Excludes first year impact of new product launches.
10.  French brand portfolio growth includes third party distributed brands.

26  |  TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW (CONTINUED)REGIONAL SUMMARIES AUSTRALIA & NEW ZEALAND (ANZ) 

Financial performance

Historical EBITS and EBITS margin*

A$M

180.0

160.0

140.0

120.0

100.0

80.0

60.0

40.0

20.0

0.0

26.0%
24.0%
22.0%
20.0%
18.0%
16.0%
14.0%
12.0%
10.0%
8.0%
6.0%
4.0%
2.0%
0.0%

1H EBITS

2H EBITS

FY EBITS 
Margin

* Chart presented
  on a reported 
  currency basis.

F15

F16

F17 F18 F19

ANZ regional perspectives
• Australian wine market volume remains flat,  

with value growth being driven by premiumisation

• TWE maintains its aspirational 25% market  

share target, to be achieved through prioritising 
growth across the Luxury and Masstige portfolios; 
22% value share in F1911

• TWE has strong and collaborative relationships 

with strategic customers, supported by well-
established joint business planning processes

• Maintaining greater focus in the on-premise 

category remains a priority, and TWE continues  
to improve performance through category growth 
initiatives such as Wine on Tap

• Continue to focus on maintaining 25%+ EBITS 
margin in F20, with higher Commercial COGS  
from the Australian 2019 vintage to be managed

REPORTED 
CURRENCY

CONSTANT 
CURRENCY

A$M

F19

F18

%

F18

%

0.6%
NSR (A$m)
602.3
0.6%
NSR per case (A$) 75.89
EBITS (A$m)
15.0%
156.5
EBITS margin (%) 26.0% 22.7% 3.3ppts

598.7
75.47
136.1

0.6%
598.8
0.5%
75.49
133.8
17.0%
22.3% 3.7ppts

Business performance 
• NSR grew 0.6% in F19, driven by:

 – Positive top-line performance in Australia where 
NSR increased 3.1%, led by Masstige and lower 
Luxury portfolio growth, positive collaboration 
with key retail partners and gains in the on-
premise channel

 – Volume and NSR declines in New Zealand were 
due to the transitional impacts of the change  
to a distributor model in F18. New Zealand 
depletions grew approximately 10% in F19  
with further growth anticipated in F20

• NSR per case increased 1.2% in Australia through 
improved portfolio mix, including strong growth 
from 19 Crimes, Squealing Pig, Seppelt, The Stag 
and T’Gallant

• Higher gross margin reflects portfolio mix 

improvement, with COGS per case benefitting  
from continued realisation of Supply Chain savings 
across the Luxury portfolio, partly offset by short 
term cost pressure on Australian sourced 
Commercial wine. Vintage 19 Commercial  
COGS pressures to impact F20 

• Improved CODB margin reflects ongoing focus  

and discipline around cost management

• EBITS increased 17.0% to $156.5 million,  

with EBITS margin improving 3.7ppt to 26.0%

11.  Aztec Sales Value Data, bottled and canned wine only, Australia Liquor Weighted, Scan 52 weeks to 23 June 2019.

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019  |  27  

REGIONAL SUMMARIES EUROPE

Financial performance

Historical EBITS and EBITS margin*

REPORTED 
CURRENCY

CONSTANT 
CURRENCY

A$M

A$M

F19

F18

%

F18

7.8%
NSR (A$m)
346.0
4.8%
NSR per case (A$) 38.93
EBITS (A$m)
3.8%
51.4
EBITS margin (%) 14.9% 15.4% (0.5)ppts

320.9
37.16
49.5

331.4
38.37
52.8

4.4%
1.5%
(2.7)%
15.9% (1.0)ppts

50.0
%
45.0

40.0

35.0

30.0

25.0

20.0

15.0

10.0

5.0

0.0

Business performance

• Volume and NSR growth achieved in F19, up 2.9%  

and 4.4% respectively, with strong momentum across 
the Masstige portfolio in key regional markets 
including Continental Europe and the Nordics

• NSR per case 1.5% higher, driven by continued 

Masstige led portfolio premiumisation

• Unfavourable COGS per case reflects pricing pressure 

on Australian and US sourced Commercial wine

• Flat CODB reflects a disciplined approach to brand 

building investment and cost management

• Mid-teens EBITS margin maintained at 14.9%

60.0
55.0
50.0
45.0
40.0
35.0
30.0
25.0
20.0
15.0
10.0
5.0
0.0

F15 F16 F17 F18 F19

16.0%

14.0%

12.0%

10.0%

8.0%

6.0%

4.0%

2.0%

0.0%

1H EBITS

2H EBITS

FY EBITS 
Margin

* Chart presented
  on a reported 
  currency basis.

Europe regional perspectives
• Overall UK wine market conditions remain 
challenging, however the strong trend to 
premiumisation has continued over the  
past year with Masstige volume growth 
approximately 9% compared to Commercial  
declines of approximately 7%12 

• Strong partnerships with key European retailers 
are key to delivering growth ahead of the market; 
focus continues to be on joint business planning  
and winning in store

• Continued prioritisation of key markets  

(UK, Sweden and the Netherlands) and a  
focused portfolio of brands is delivering success

• Priority to maintain mid-teen EBITS margin in 

F20, with benefits of premiumisation and additional 
cost efficiency to be offset by impacts on Australian 
Commercial sourced COGS

12 .  Nielsen, Total Coverage, Total Still Light Wine, 52 weeks ending 15 June 2019 (750ml bottled still wine only). 

28  |  TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW (CONTINUED)New Zealand
2019 delivered a vintage of strong quality albeit  
with slightly lower yields than 2018. With two  
wet vintages in 2017 and 2018, the 2019 vintage 
pleasingly delivered a high-quality harvest with  
great concentration and flavour. Sauvignon Blanc  
and Pinot Noir have great varietal concentration, 
testament to the warm dry growing season. In 
Marlborough, Sauvignon Blanc yield was slightly 
down and lower than average crops of Pinot Noir  
and Pinot Gris were picked. Pinot Noir from Central 
Otago produced a crop of exceptional quality.

VINTAGE UPDATE

California
After a wet winter across much of California, the 
grape growing season has been relatively mild thus 
far. Canopy growth is strong in response to the wet 
winter, yet flowering conditions in V19 were cool  
and wet for early varieties, such as Chardonnay  
and Pinot Noir in Coastal regions and some berry  
set impact is expected for these specific varieties. 
Other late varieties, including Cabernet and red 
blenders in Napa, Sonoma and the Central Coast  
are healthy in crop load and canopy growth,  
in response to favourable flowering and growing 
conditions. Overall, forecast grape tonnage may  
be slightly below V18, given it was a large vintage, 
however if moderate conditions continue through  
to harvest then quality is expected to be high.

Australia
The 2019 harvest compares favourably with 2018, 
with TWE delivering around 10% incremental  
growth in volume across its Luxury wine portfolio. 
This is despite some central regions experiencing 
early season frosts, hail and intense heat in late 
January which resulted in significant yield  
reductions in the Barossa Valley in particular.  
The impact of the lower yields in central regions  
were partially offset by the exceptional quality of  
the fruit received which will fulfil demand for super 
Luxury wines. The Limestone Coast experienced  
a slightly cooler growing season and has as a result 
delivered high volumes of high quality fruit that  
more than offset the lower intake from the Barossa 
and McLaren Vale. Irrigated region commercial  
wine and fruit intake was in line with expectations 
for both quality and quantity.

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019  |  29  

CORPORATE RESPONSIBILITY

TWE is committed to operating 
sustainably, safely and responsibly.  
We are delighted to present our 
second annual Sustainability Report, 
demonstrating TWE’s strong focus 
on creating long-term shared value 
through the Company’s Corporate 
Responsibility framework.

CORPORATE RESPONSIBILITY FRAMEWORK

TWE’s reporting on environmental, social and 
governance (ESG) topics is captured in the Company’s 
Sustainability Report, which provides annual updates 
on our performance. The 2019 Sustainability Report 
is available online via the Company’s website,  
at www.tweglobal.com/sustainability. 

In F19, TWE continued to embed its Corporate 
Responsibility (CR) framework and drive action 
across the four CR pillars – Performance, Planet, 
People and Product. 

The Global CR Council (Council) remained the 
program’s governing body and continued to comprise 
a mix of members from the Executive Leadership 
Team (ELT), including the Chief Executive Officer 
(CEO), and senior representatives from regional  
and functional areas of the business. 

In F19, Carolyn Coon, Global Director Corporate 
Affairs replaced Tim Ford, Chief Operating Officer  
as Council Chair.

During F19, the Council oversaw the development  
of four detailed roadmaps that sit under the CR pillars. 
The roadmaps focus on addressing priority ESG topics 
and seven priority Sustainable Development Goals 
(SDGs) (see Figure 7) as well as implementing changes 
to continue to drive high levels of ESG performance. 

TASKFORCE ON CLIMATE-RELATED 
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURES (TCFD) 

In F19, TWE considered in detail the recommendations 
of the Taskforce on Climate-related Financial 
Disclosures (TCFD). In particular, the Company 
conducted a detailed gap analysis and benchmarking 
of TWE’s existing frameworks, practices and 
disclosures against the TCFD recommendations  
and current market practice. 

The analysis identified areas where TWE is performing 
well, acknowledging that TWE has been investing in 
minimising and adapting to climate change impacts  
for more than a decade. The analysis also highlighted 
areas for improvement, including the need to continue 
to build a whole-of-business approach to assessing 
climate-related risk and opportunity. 

TWE has since developed an internal roadmap to 
enable the business to draw on these findings and 
drive future action as appropriate, with a view to 
enhancing the Company’s practices and disclosures 
relating to climate change. 

A summary of actions undertaken in line with  
the four core elements of climate-related financial 
disclosure is detailed in the Performance section  
of the 2019 Sustainability Report.

30  |  TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019

Figure 7: TWE’s Corporate Responsibility Framework and F19 highlights

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019  |  31  

PEOPLEBRANDSMARKETSPARTNERSMODELTWE STRATEGIC IMPERATIVESMISSIONCR PILLARGUIDING PRINCIPLERespect and enhance the lives of our people and our communities Create quality wines that are consumed and promoted responsibly and safelyCreate long term value for TWE and everyone who touches our Company by being sustainable in everything we doVISIONTo be the world’s most celebrated wine companyBe transparent and hold ourselves to accountF19 HIGHLIGHTS•Established four key roadmaps for the CR pillars•Assessed and prepared our internal roadmap in response to the recommendations of the TCFD•Strengthened corporate governance through updates to existing, and the introduction of new, policies, standards and procedures •Continued to deliver the Sustainable Future program, which resulted in ANZ and Americas supply sites achieving TWE’s internal environmental standards•Continued to drive greater energy and water efficiencies across our supply network•Maintained an average waste diversion rate of more than 96% •Achieved a reduced Serious Injury Frequency Rate•Improved gender balance within TWE leadership and Board member roles•Increased employee participation and contributed over 9,000 volunteer hours during Global Volunteering Week•Launched Smart Drinking, TWE’s internal responsible consumption program•Innovated to provide greater choice in lower alcohol options for consumers •Continued to drive responsible packaging choices through lightweighting for selected glass and plastic packaging formatsBe sustainable and efficient when sourcing and producing our wineProductPeoplePlanetPerformanceAMBITIONOur peoples’ human rights, safety and wellbeing is protectedOur wines are produced, marketed and consumed responsiblyOur stakeholders believe in and trust our Company to operate sustainablyOur environmental impact is sustainable and reducing over timePRIORITY UNITED NATIONS SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT GOALSDIVERSITY AND INCLUSION

TWE is made up of individuals as 
diverse as its wines and the people 
who enjoy them. We are committed  
to creating an inclusive, supportive 
and collaborative culture to attract 
and retain the best possible talent, 
and create an environment where 
people from diverse backgrounds  
can fulfil their potential.

The Board has committed to reviewing and assessing 
progress against TWE’s diversity and inclusion 
objectives annually. To that end, the Company is 
pleased to report progress made in F19, together  
with the F20 measurable objectives.

• Inclusive Leadership training sessions for senior 

leaders; and delivery of talent review and performance  
management workshops to 638 employees and 
managers globally, addressing unconscious bias.

• Global gender pay equity review recommendations 

The Company’s Diversity and Inclusion Policy can be 
found on the Company’s website: www.tweglobal.com

F19 OBJECTIVES 

Recommendation 1.5 of the ASX Corporate Governance 
Principles and Recommendations states that a 
company’s board or board committee is to set the 
measurable objectives for achieving gender diversity. 

The diversity objectives and measures set by the 
Board for F19 were:

1.  Increase gender diversity in leadership

 Continue the journey towards achieving an increase 
in females in leadership roles to 38% by 2020.

2.  Develop inclusive leaders

 A total of 75% of senior leaders meet or exceed 
expectations on Inclusive Leadership.

Executive Leadership Team diversity objectives
The Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and all Executive 
Leadership Team (ELT) members had a diversity Key 
Performance Objective (KPO) to deliver the above 
objectives in F19.

F19 PROGRESS

To achieve the objectives, various initiatives were 
undertaken throughout F19, including:

• The fifth global Mary Penfold Leadership Award  
for Outstanding Female Leadership was awarded.

• Reinforcement of Inclusive Leadership through  

bias interrupters and during key people activities.

32  |  TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019

were implemented.

• Continuation of the TWEforSHE program aligned 

with three key initiatives:

i. 

‘She Leads’ capability program for ongoing support, 
learning and development of TWE women. 

ii.  ‘TWE Tasker’, the on-the-job learning program 
designed to support women improving business 
acumen and broadening their experience across 
the organisation, launched in the Americas  
for the first time and continued in Australia  
and New Zealand for the second year running,  
with 86 female participants overall. The program 
will roll out across Asia and Europe in F20. 

iii. ELT Sponsorship program formally launched as 
part of TWEforSHE, matching 19 high-potential 
women with executives to support career 
progression and leadership development with the 
intention of increasing female representation in 
senior leadership roles.

• Global survey to female employees identifying 

workplace experiences, opportunities for 
improvement and areas for further development  
and support as part of the TWEforSHE program.

The ELT continued to operate as the Diversity Council 
in F19 to focus their efforts on setting appropriate goals 
and targets, monitoring progress, and driving action.

The following outcomes were recorded against  
the objectives for the reporting period:

• Female representation in leadership roles as  

at 30 June 2019 was 39%, up from 37.1% in F18.

• 98% of employees agreed that senior leaders met  
or exceeded expectations on Inclusive Leadership.

 
 
F20 OBJECTIVES AND INITIATIVES

Our diversity and inclusion strategy for F20 is focused 
on three pillars, which positively contribute to our 
employee experience and business performance. 

1.  Diverse workforce: 

 Strong workforce representation so we can 
leverage talent as a competitive advantage, 
creating value for our customers and community.

2.  Inclusive workplace: 

 Create a differentiated inclusive culture of care  
where diverse and resilient talent can thrive 
during ‘moments that matter’ to deliver business 
outcomes that matter.

3.  Employer of Choice in marketplace:

 Strong Employer Brand, Employee Value Proposition, 
and improved business outcomes that demonstrate 
return on investment in human capital. 

The ELT forms TWE’s Diversity Council with 
accountability for defining and managing TWE’s 
diversity and inclusion goals and objectives, aligned  
to our global strategy. 

Given the Company’s target to increase females  
in leadership roles to 38% by 2020 has been reached 
during 2019, the Company has set a new measurable 
objective to increase female representation in 
leadership roles to 40% by 2025 whilst continuing  
to foster an inclusive culture.

Initiatives to attract, retain and progress 
females in leadership
• Attracting female talent: implementation of an  

AI based selection tool designed to guide attraction 
and remove bias from selection decisions.

• Retaining female talent: flexible working and 
lifestyle/carer’s leave; Mary Penfold Award;  
Gender Pay Equity.

• Progressing female talent: female targeted 

succession planning for key roles and investing  
in the TWEforSHE program.

Initiatives to foster an inclusive and resilient 
workplace 
• Introduction of a Global TWE Pride network.

• People Manager Inclusion and Ways of Working 

(inclusive meetings) toolkits.

• Continued focus on bias cognizance (bias awareness) 
in key people processes and people manager training.

• TWEforME – investment in wellbeing and resilience.

Executive Leadership Team diversity objectives
The CEO and all ELT members have a diversity  
KPO to deliver the above objectives in F20.

Board diversity objective
The Board is committed to ensuring it is comprised  
of individuals with appropriate skills, experience  
and diversity to develop and support the Company’s 
strategic imperatives. The Board recognises the 
importance of cultural, geographic and gender 
diversity amongst its members which is reflected  
in the current representation on the Board,  
with four non-executive directors based offshore  
in regions in which the Company operates. 

During F19, the Board achieved its gender target  
of at least 30% female representation on the Board, 
with women representing 37.5% of the Board as  
at the date of this report. In F20, the Board set  
itself a measurable objective that at least 30%  
of its directors will be of each gender going forward,  
to maintain gender diversity in its composition.

Organisational gender profile
The Company makes the following diversity disclosures 
in relation to Recommendation 1.5 of the ASX Corporate 
Governance Principles and Recommendations:

RECOMMENDATION 1.5 REQUIREMENT

Proportion of women in the whole organisation
As at 30 June 2019, 39.6% of the Group’s employees were women

Proportion of women in senior executive1 positions 
within the Group
As at 30 June 2019, 42.9% of the senior executive positions 
within the Group were held by women.

Proportion of women on the Board of the Company
As at 30 June 2019, 37.5% of the Company’s Board of Directors 
(including executive directors) were women.
The Board is committed to ensuring that it is comprised of 
individuals with appropriate skills, experience, and diversity  
to develop and support the Company’s strategic aims. 
The Board had set itself a target for achieving gender diversity 
in its composition of at least 30% female representation, and this  
was achieved during F19.
Further details are set out in the Corporate Governance section  
of the Annual Report.

As an Australian based business, the Company complies with 
the Workplace Gender Equality Act which requires annual 
filings to the Australian Workplace Gender Equality Agency 
(WGEA) disclosing ‘Gender Equality Indicators’. This report, 
covering the 12-month period ending 31 March 2019, is published 
on the WGEA and the TWE websites. It can be found here: 
TWEglobal.com/careers/diversity-inclusion

1. For the purposes of this disclosure, the Company has defined 
‘senior executive’ as the Chief Executive Officer and his/her 
direct reports. To note, using the TWE definition of leader,  
39.0% of roles were held by women as at 30 June 2019.

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019  |  33  

 
 
 
BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Paul Rayner 
B.Ec, MAdmin, FAICD
Chairman

Member of the Board since  
May 2011 and Chairman of the 
Board and the Nominations 
Committee since 1 September 2012.

Michael Clarke 
CA, B.Com
Managing Director and  
Chief Executive Officer

Member of the Board since  
March 2014.

Mr Rayner is an independent Director and an Australian resident.

He brings to the Board extensive international experience in 
markets relevant to Treasury Wine Estates including Europe, 
North America, Asia, as well as Australia. He has worked in the 
fields of finance, corporate transactions and general management 
in the consumer goods, manufacturing and resource industries. 
His last role as an executive was as Finance Director of British 
American Tobacco plc, based in London, from January 2002 
to 2008.

Mr Rayner is also a director of Qantas Airways Limited  
(since July 2008 and where he also serves as Chairman of the 
Remuneration Committee), Boral Limited (since September 
2008 and where he also serves as Chairman of the Audit and 
Risk Committee) and Murdoch Childrens Research Institute 
(since December 2014 and where he also serves as Chairman  
of the Audit, Finance and Risk Committee).

Mr Rayner was a director of Centrica Plc, a UK listed company, 
from September 2004 until December 2014.

Mr Clarke has dual Irish/South African citizenship and  
is an Australian resident.

He has held senior executive roles at Kraft Foods, where he was 
President of the Company’s European business and sat on the 
global operating board, The Coca-Cola Company and Reebok 
International. He was Chief Executive Officer of the UK publicly 
listed company Premier Foods Plc, where he led a significant 
turnaround of the business.

Mr Clarke was a director of Quiksilver Inc. from April 2013 to 
February 2016 and a director of Wolseley plc from March 2011  
to March 2014.

Ed Chan 
B.A/Ec, MS
Non-executive Director

Member of the Board since 
September 2012 and a member  
of the Audit and Risk Committee.

Louisa Cheang 
B.Soc.Sc 
Non-executive Director

Member of the Board since 
December 2018.

Mr Chan is an independent Director and a Hong Kong resident.

Ms Cheang is an independent Director and a Hong Kong resident.

He is currently a director of Hong Kong-listed LINK REIT  
(since February 2016) and Yum China Holdings, Inc  
(since October 2016) and an Operating Partner of SoftBank 
Investment Advisers (since June 2019). 

Mr Chan is the former Vice Chairman of Charoen Pokphand 
Group (from January 2012 to February 2018) and a former 
director of Hong Kong-listed CP Lotus (from April 2012  
to February 2018). From 2006 to 2011, Mr Chan was the 
President and CEO of Wal-Mart China. He has also held  
senior positions with Dairy Farm including his last position  
as North Asia Regional Director, as well as leading the 
Bertelsmann Music Group business in Greater China.  
Mr Chan began his career as a consultant with McKinsey  
& Co working in both Hong Kong and the United States.

Ms Cheang is currently the Vice Chairman and Chief Executive 
of Hang Seng Bank, listed on the Stock Exchange of Hong Kong 
Limited, and has had a successful career spanning a number  
of critical leadership roles with the HSBC Group throughout the 
Asia Pacific region. She is also currently Group General Manager 
of HSBC Holdings plc and a director of The Hongkong and 
Shanghai Banking Corporation.

Ms Cheang is also a member of key government advisory 
committees, notably The Twelfth Jiangsu Provincial Committee 
of the Chinese People’s Political Consultative Conference and  
the Consulting Committee for the Qianhai & Shekou Area  
of Shenzhen, China (Guangdong) Pilot Free Trade Zone,  
and Qianhai Shenzhen-Hong Kong.

34  |  TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019

Warwick Every-Burns 
AMP, Harvard University 
(Advanced Management Program)
Non-executive Director

Member of the Board since  
May 2011, Chairman of the 
Human Resources Committee  
and a member of the  
Nominations Committee.

Garry Hounsell 
B.Bus (Acc), FCA, FAICD 
Non-executive Director

Member of the Board since 
September 2012, Chairman  
of the Audit and Risk Committee 
and a member of the Nominations 
Committee and Human  
Resources Committee.

Mr Every-Burns is an independent Director and an  
Australian resident.

Mr Hounsell is an independent Director and an  
Australian resident.

He was Chief Executive Officer of Treasury Wine Estates on  
an interim basis from 23 September 2013 until 30 March 2014.

Mr Every-Burns previously worked for more than 30 years  
in the consumer packaged goods sector. In his last executive  
role, he was President of International Business and a member  
of the Worldwide Executive Committee of The Clorox Company,  
a NYSE listed, S&P 500 business with a market capitalisation  
of circa US$20 billion. He was based at The Clorox Company’s 
headquarters in the United States for more than five years.  
Mr Every-Burns began his career at Unilever, is a former 
Managing Director of Glad Products of Australia and New 
Zealand and was formerly on the Advisory Council of the 
Frontier Strategy Group.

Mr Every-Burns is a non-executive director of the a2 Milk 
Company Limited (since August 2016).

He is currently Chairman of Helloworld Travel Limited (since 
October 2016) and Myer Holdings Limited (since November 2017, 
and a director since September 2017). Mr Hounsell is also  
a director of the Commonwealth Superannuation Corporation 
Limited (since July 2016).

Mr Hounsell is a former Chairman of PanAust Limited  
(from July 2008 to August 2015), Spotless Group Holdings 
Limited (from February 2017 to August 2017, and a director 
from March 2014 to August 2017) and a former director of 
Qantas Airways Limited (from January 2005 to February 2015), 
Integral Diagnostics Limited (from October 2015 to March 2017) 
and Dulux Group Limited (from July 2010 to December 2017), 
and has held senior positions at both Ernst & Young and  
Arthur Andersen.

Colleen Jay 
B.BA (Hons)
Non-executive Director

Member of the Board since  
April 2018 and a member of  
the Audit and Risk Committee.

Lauri Shanahan 
JD Business Law, BS Finance 
Non-executive Director

Member of the Board since 
November 2016 and a member of 
the Human Resources Committee. 

Ms Jay is an independent Director and a United States resident.

Ms Jay has extensive experience in the fast-moving consumer 
goods industry, acquired over a long and successful career at 
Procter & Gamble (P&G, NYSE: PG), an American multinational 
consumer goods company, between 1985 and 2017. She has held 
a number of senior leadership roles at P&G, including President 
of Global Retail Hair Care & Colour and her most recent  
position as President of the US$5 billion Global Beauty Specialty 
business, where she also led a complex transition and divestiture 
of several businesses. 

Ms Jay has significant global experience having lived and worked 
in the United States, Europe, China and Canada. Her leadership 
experience includes significant global line operational leadership, 
strategy creation and execution, global brand building, new 
business development, transformational innovation and M&A. 

Ms Jay is currently an independent non-executive director  
of The Cooper Companies (NYSE: COO).

Ms Shanahan is an independent Director and  
a United States resident.

Ms Shanahan has extensive retail, consumer branding, strategy, 
omni-channel and governance experience. She has held senior 
executive positions, including as Chief Administrative Officer, 
Chief Legal Officer and Corporate Secretary with The Gap Inc,  
where she was involved in leading the company’s domestic and 
international expansion. She also led the company’s global 
corporate responsibility functions, including environmental, 
social and governance, as well as government affairs and public 
policy. Ms Shanahan also founded the consulting practice 
Maroon Peak Advisors of which she is a Principal.

Ms Shanahan is currently a director of Cedar Fair Entertainment 
Company (NYSE: FUN) and Deckers Outdoor Corporation 
(NYSE: DECK).

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019  |  35  

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The Board believes good corporate governance 
and transparency in corporate reporting is  
a fundamental part of the Group’s culture and 
business practices.

During the year, the Board continued to govern  
the Company through the execution of its strategy  
of transitioning from an agricultural to a brand-led, 
high-performance organisation. Key governance  
focuses of the Board for the year included:

• Continued commitment to the governance of workplace 
health, safety and wellbeing performance and developing 
a culture of leadership on safety across the business, 
with the ongoing development of the safety framework, 
Destination Zero Harm, and related programs designed 
to empower the Company’s leaders to engage their 
teams and lead safety performance.

• Providing input into, and approval of, management’s 
development of corporate strategy, including setting 
performance objectives and approving the annual 
financial budget; and monitoring corporate performance 
and the implementation of strategy and policy.

• Continued to oversee the execution of the 

transformational changes to TWE’s route-to-market  
in the United States (US), which are strengthening  
the Company’s competitive positioning and driving 
portfolio growth.

• Board succession planning, including the appointment 

and induction of new independent non-executive 
director, Louisa Cheang, who joined the Board on 
1 December 2018.

• Supporting and monitoring changes to the Executive 

Leadership Team.

• Oversight of management’s continued commitment  
to a culture of high performance and ethical and 
responsible conduct to lead the global business and 
setting remuneration policy to attract and retain the 
best possible talent and reward high performance and 
conduct that exemplifies the Company’s growth 
behaviours of focus, belief, trust and collaboration.

• A comprehensive review of the Group’s Risk Profile 

(including both financial and non-financial risk) and 
Risk Management Framework to further enhance the 
assessment and management of contemporary and 
emerging material business risks facing the Group.

• Approving the new US$350 million syndicated debt 
facility, which maintains balance sheet flexibility, 
lengthens the Company’s debt maturity profile and 
diversifies its source of funds.

• Approving and overseeing the implementation  

of the Global Business Services operating model,  
which is designed to deliver operational efficiencies.

• Approving the reinstatement of the Company’s 

Dividend Reinvestment Plan.

• Maintaining effective governance to facilitate  
high-quality processes and internal controls  
as the business continues to grow.

36  |  TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019

INTRODUCTION

The Board is committed to conducting the Company’s 
business ethically and responsibly and in accordance with 
high standards of corporate governance. This is essential 
for the long-term performance and sustainability of the 
Company and to protect the interests of its stakeholders.

To this end, the Board regularly reviews the charters  
and key policies that underpin the Company’s corporate 
governance practices to ensure they remain appropriate, 
reflect high standards of governance and meet regulatory 
requirements. During the financial year, the Company’s 
governance practices complied with the third edition  
of the ASX Corporate Governance Principles and 
Recommendations (ASX Principles and Recommendations). 
The importance of effective leadership, good governance 
and appropriate culture has been at the forefront of a 
number of key developments across corporate Australia, 
culminating in the release of the fourth edition of the ASX 
Principles and Recommendations on 27 February 2019. 
The Company is in the process of revising its governance 
practices with a view to ensuring alignment with the 
fourth edition of the ASX Principles and Recommendations 
before the end of the financial year ending 30 June 2020.

This Corporate Governance section provides an overview 
of the Board’s operations, details on the governance 
framework and the key governance focuses of the Board 
for the financial year.

The full Corporate Governance Statement, which outlines 
the key aspects of the Company’s corporate governance 
framework and practices for the year ended 30 June 2019, 
together with the Appendix 4G Key to Disclosures – 
Corporate Governance Council Principles and 
Recommendations and key governance documents, 
including the constitution, charters and policies,  
are available on our website at www.tweglobal.com/
investors/corporate-governance.

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Members of the Board
The Board continues to comprise a majority of independent 
directors with all directors, other than the Chief Executive 
Officer (CEO), being independent non-executive directors.

There were several changes to the Board during the 
year, including the appointment of Louisa Cheang as a 
non-executive director with effect from 1 December 2018. 
Ms Cheang is based in Hong Kong and has extensive 
senior executive and director experience in the Asia 
Pacific region, including as Vice Chairman and Chief 
Executive of Hang Seng Bank. Ms Cheang’s appointment 
included appropriate background checks (including 
criminal, bankruptcy, education, qualifications and 
reference checks). In addition, Michael Cheek retired  
as a non-executive director on 18 October 2018.

The Board is committed to ensuring it is comprised  
of individuals with appropriate skills, experience and 
diversity to develop and support the Company’s strategic 
aims, having regard to its five strategic imperatives.  

The Board utilises a skills matrix to assist in assessing the mix of skills, experience and diversity on the Board,  
and to identify areas of focus to supplement the mix of skills and experience as part of Board succession planning.

The Board considers that its members collectively possess the appropriate competencies and attributes that enable  
the Board to discharge its responsibilities effectively, contribute to the Company’s strategic direction and oversee  
the delivery of its corporate objectives.

Areas of competence and skills of the Board of directors are summarised in Table 1 below. In respect of each 
competence and skill (including health, safety and environment), either all directors or a majority of them are 
considered to be either highly competent or practised.

Table 1 – Areas of Competence and Skills – Board of Directors

Strategic Imperatives

PEOPLE

Build a high-
performing 
organisation

Directors’ Skills

BRANDS

MARKETS

PARTNERS

MODEL

Transform  
our portfolio

Win in priority 
markets

Develop  
long-term 
relationships

Optimise our 
capital base

AREA

Industry

Leadership 
and Strategy

Finance and  
Business

COMPETENCE/EXPERIENCE

Wine, alcohol beverages, consumer and brand marketing, supply chain, distribution, route-to-market.

Listed company experience, business strategy development, business and executive leadership,  
CEO experience, mergers and acquisitions.

Financial acumen, financial accounting, audit, corporate finance, capital management, e-commerce 
and technology.

Governance and 
Regulatory

Corporate governance, legal, regulatory, health, safety and environment, government relations,  
risk management, human resources and remuneration.

International

International business experience and international industry experience.

The Board recognises the importance of cultural, 
geographic and gender diversity amongst its members 
which is reflected in the current representation on the 
Board, with four non-executive directors based offshore 
in regions in which the Company operates. The Board 
considers that it also has an appropriate mix of director 
tenure, with its members ranging from newly appointed 
to longer standing directors. As at June 2019, the 
average tenure for the Company’s non-executive 
directors was 4.9 years. 

In 2017, the Board set an aspirational target to achieve 
30% female representation on the Board by the 2018 
Annual General Meeting as vacancies and 
circumstances allow. Since the appointment of Louisa 
Cheang with effect from 1 December 2018, women 
represent 37.5% of the Board. In order to maintain 
gender diversity in the composition of the Board, in 2019 
the Board set itself a measurable objective that at least 
30% of its directors will be of each gender going forward.

The Board is committed to ensuring its performance  
is enhanced through its director induction and ongoing 
education program. The Board’s ongoing education 
calendar incorporated site visits throughout the financial 
year to a number of the Company’s operational facilities. 
Further, presentations were given by management and 
external parties concerning developments impacting,  
or likely to impact, the business.

Independence
The Board, having reviewed the position and associations 
of all non-executive directors currently in office, considers 
that all non-executive directors are independent.

During the year, non-executive directors met periodically 
without the presence of management to have the opportunity 
to discuss key matters amongst the non-executive directors.

Annual director elections
Under the Constitution of the Company, at least every 
three years non-executive directors are required to retire 
by rotation and may seek re-election. However, in 2019 
the Board, having regard to the global nature of the 
Company and emerging governance requirements in key 
markets, adopted a policy pursuant to which all non-
executive directors will seek re-election annually, 
commencing at the 2019 Annual General Meeting. 

Role of the Board
The responsibilities of the Board as set out in the Board 
Charter include:

Strategic guidance and effective oversight of management
• Providing input into, and approval of, the Group’s 
corporate strategy, performance objectives and 
business plans as developed by management.

• Appointing the CEO and managing succession 

planning, as well as overseeing changes to the Executive 
Leadership Team, with a view to ensuring senior 
management has the appropriate resources to enable 
implementation of the Company’s strategic initiatives.

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019  |  37  

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE (CONTINUED)

• Directing, monitoring and assessing the Group’s 

performance against strategic and business plans.

Obligations to stakeholders
• Monitoring and reviewing processes aimed at ensuring 

• Approving and monitoring capital management, including 
major capital expenditure, acquisitions and divestments.

Risk assessment and management
• Reviewing and evaluating the integrity of the Group’s 
systems of risk management (for both financial and 
non-financial risks), legal compliance, and internal 
compliance and control.

integrity of financial and other reporting.

• Monitoring compliance with adopted strategies, 
procedures and standards, including corporate 
governance standards.

Board Committees
Three standing Board Committees have been established to assist the Board in fulfilling its responsibilities.

Board of Directors

Audit and Risk Committee

Oversees: Financial reporting, risk management and internal controls, external and internal audit, capital  
management and compliance.

Key focuses for F19 included:
•  Updating the Group’s Risk Profile and Risk Management 
Framework, including revisions to risk assessments and 
the inclusion of new and emerging risks (financial and 
non-financial).

•  Reviewing the scope of the annual internal and external 

audit programs and overseeing the conduct and 
coordination of those programs, as well as the performance 
and independence of the internal and external auditors.
•  Reviewing significant accounting and financial reporting 
related matters raised by management and the auditors, 
including reviewing the transition to reporting under the 
new lease accounting standard.

•  Overseeing the work being undertaken to assess the 

Company’s level of readiness to meet the Taskforce for 
Climate-related Disclosure (TCFD) recommendations  
and address any gaps.

•  Reviewing workplace health, safety and environmental 

matters across the Group.

•  Reviewing whistleblower matters reported across the Group.
•  Reviewing the register of potential conflicts of interests 

disclosed by employees.

•  Monitoring the Group’s insurance renewal program.
•  Reviewing and recommending to the Board for approval  

the F19 full year and interim financial reports.

•  Recommending to the Board for approval the 

reinstatement of the Dividend Reinvestment Plan.

•  Recommending to the Board for approval the 

implementation of the Global Business Services  
operating model.

•  Recommending to the Board for approval amendments  

to the Anti-bribery and Corruption Policy to reflect changes  
to legislation.

Nominations Committee

Oversees: Board composition, performance of the Board, Board Committees and individual directors,  
as well as succession planning.

Key focuses for F19 included:
•  Assessing the competencies of the directors to ensure  
the appropriate range of skills and expertise amongst 
Board members.

•  Board succession planning, including recommending  

to the Board the appointment of Louisa Cheang as a new 
non-executive director with effect from 1 December 2018.

•  Overseeing the externally facilitated review of the 

performance of individual directors, the Board as a whole 
and the operation of the Board Committees.

•  Assessing the independence of directors and suitability  

of director candidates for re-election and election.

Human Resources Committee

Oversees: Training, development and succession planning for senior management, Company’s diversity policy, evaluation  
of senior executive performance and remuneration and non-executive directors’ fees.

Key focuses for F19 included:
•  Reviewing and recommending to the Board for approval 

the CEO’s fixed remuneration and incentive compensation 
arrangements, including reviewing the attainment of STI 
and LTI performance conditions.

•  Reviewing and recommending to the Board for  

approval the base fee and committee fees payable  
to non-executive directors.

•  Reviewing and recommending to the Board for approval  

the Company’s Remuneration Report.

•  Reviewing and approving the fixed remuneration and 

incentive compensation arrangements  
for senior executives, including reviewing the attainment 
of STI and LTI performance conditions.

•  Reviewing and recommending to the Board for approval  
the diversity and inclusion measurable objectives and 
overseeing the implementation of initiatives designed  
to meet those objectives.

•  Reviewing the remuneration arrangements for changes  
in key management personnel and senior executives.

•  Approving the terms of engagement of the  

remuneration consultant.

•  Reviewing the potential impact of the new lease 
accounting standard on incentive plan metrics.

38  |  TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019

GOVERNANCE POLICIES

The Company has a number of governance policies which 
guide how it does business, including:

• Code of Conduct, which recognises that the Company’s 
reputation is one of its most valuable assets, founded 
on the ethical and responsible behaviour of the people 
who represent the Company;

• Disclosure Policy, which recognises the importance  

of timely disclosure of the Company’s activities  
to shareholders and market participants so that 
trading in the Company’s shares takes place  
in an informed market;

• Anti-bribery and Corruption Policy, which supports  

the Company’s commitment to countering bribery and 
corruption in all forms and confirms that the Company 
does not tolerate any form of bribery and corruption;

• Whistleblower Policy, which promotes and supports  

the Company’s culture of honest and ethical behaviour 
by encouraging the reporting of suspected or actual 
unethical, illegal, corrupt or fraudulent behaviour or 
any other matter that may contravene the Company’s 
Code of Conduct or other policies or the law;

• Potential Conflicts of Interest Policy, which guides  

the disclosure and management of potential conflicts  
of interest;

• Share Trading Policy, which prohibits trading in the 
Company’s shares by directors and employees if they 
are in possession of ‘inside information’ and provides 
for trading windows during which directors and 
employees may trade (being the six-week period 
immediately following the release of the Company’s 
full-year results, the four-week period immediately 
following the release of the Company’s half-year 
results, and the two-week period immediately following 
the Annual General Meeting), subject to any required 
approvals being obtained; and

• Risk Management Policy, as well as a Risk Management 
Framework, which provide guidance and direction on 
the management of risk in the Company and state the 
Company’s commitment to the effective management of 
risk (financial and non-financial) to reduce uncertainty 
in the Company’s business outcomes.

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019  |  39  

DIRECTORS’ REPORT

The directors of Treasury Wine Estates Limited  
(the Company) present their report together with the 
financial report for the Company and its controlled 
entities (the Group) for the financial year ended  
30 June 2019 and the auditor’s report.

The following sections of the Annual Report form part  
of, and are to be read in conjunction with, this  
Directors’ Report:

• Operating and Financial Review (OFR)

• Board of Directors

• Remuneration Report

PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES

The principal activities of the Group during the  
financial year were viticulture and winemaking,  
and the marketing, sale and distribution of wine.

STATUTORY INFORMATION

The Group’s consolidated financial statements have  
been presented for the financial year ended 30 June 2019  
and appear on pages 64 to 111.

DIRECTORS

The directors of the Company during the financial year 
and up to the date of this report are:

DATE OF APPOINTMENT

Warwick Every-Burns
Paul Rayner
Ed Chan
Michael Cheek 
(retired 18 October 2018)
Garry Hounsell
Michael Clarke 
(Chief Executive Officer)
Lauri Shanahan
Colleen Jay
Louisa Cheang

9 May 2011
9 May 2011
1 September 2012

1 September 2012
1 September 2012

31 March 2014
1 November 2016
1 April 2018
1 December 2018

Particulars of the current directors’ qualifications, 
experience and Board Committee responsibilities  
are detailed in the Board of Directors section  
of this Annual Report.

DIRECTORS’ MEETINGS

The number of Board and Board Committee meetings and the number of meetings attended by each of the directors  
of the Company during the financial year are listed below:

Meetings held during 2019 financial year

BOARD
 MEETINGS1

AUDIT AND RISK
COMMITTEE
MEETINGS1

HUMAN 
RESOURCES
 COMMITTEE

MEETINGS1  

NOMINATIONS
COMMITTEE
MEETINGS1

ADDITIONAL
MEETINGS2

HELD ATTENDED HELD ATTENDED HELD ATTENDED HELD ATTENDED

ATTENDED

Paul Rayner
Michael Clarke
Ed Chan
Louisa Cheang3
Michael Cheek4
Warwick Every-Burns
Garry Hounsell6
Colleen Jay
Lauri Shanahan

8
8
8
4
4
8
8
8
8

8
8
8
4
35
8
8
77
8

–
–
4
–
–
–
4
4
–

–
–
4
–
–
–
4
4
–

–
–
–
–
2
4
2
–
4

–
–
–
–
2
4
2
–
4

4
–
–
–
–
4
4
–
–

4
–
–
–
–
4
4
–
–

7
6
–
–
–
1
7
–
–

1. Shows the number of meetings held and attended by each director during the period that the director was a member of the Board  
or Committee. Directors who are not members of Board Committees do attend Committee meetings from time to time. The above  
table reflects the meeting attendance of directors who are members of the relevant Committee(s).

2. Reflects the number of additional formal meetings attended during the financial year by each director, including Committee meetings 

(other than Audit and Risk Committee, Human Resources Committee or Nominations Committee) where any two directors are required 
to form a quorum.

3. Ms Cheang was appointed as a director with effect from 1 December 2018.
4. Mr Cheek retired as a director and member of the Human Resources Committee with effect from 18 October 2018. 
5. Mr Cheek attended all scheduled Board meetings while he was a director. This number reflects his absence from one unscheduled  

Board meeting due to a prior commitment.

6. Mr Hounsell joined the Human Resources Committee with effect from 19 October 2018. 
7. Ms Jay attended all scheduled Board meetings. This number reflects her absence from one unscheduled Board meeting due  

to a prior commitment.

40  |  TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019

Directors’ interests in share capital
The relevant interest of each director in the share 
capital of the Company as at the date of this report  
is disclosed in the Remuneration Report.

Company Secretary
The Company Secretary is Fiona Last LLB (Hons),  
B.Com, FGIA. She has been the Company Secretary 
since September 2016. Ms Last is an experienced corporate 
lawyer and governance adviser with over 20 years 
relevant professional experience. She has practised  
as a corporate lawyer for legal firms in Australia, Asia 
and the United Kingdom and has significant experience 
providing in-house legal and governance advice to top 
ASX listed companies.

DIVIDENDS

Interim dividend: The Company paid an interim 
dividend of 18 cents per ordinary share on 5 April 2019. 
The dividend was fully franked.

Final dividend: Since the end of the financial year,  
the directors have declared a final dividend of  
20 cents per share, fully franked and payable  
on 4 October 2019.

The record date for entitlement to this dividend  
is 5 September 2019.

In summary:

Interim dividend paid  
on 5 April 2019
Final dividend payable 
on 4 October 2019
Total

DIVIDEND PER SHARE

$M

18 cents

$129.4

20 cents
38 cents

$143.8
$273.2

The Company paid shareholders a final dividend  
in respect of the 2018 financial year of $122.2 million.

EVENTS SUBSEQUENT TO BALANCE DATE

On 27 July 2019 the Group acquired production and 
vineyard assets in the Bordeaux region of France which 
will allow the Group to expand its French country-of-
origin portfolio, centred on the Penfolds, Beaulieu 
Vineyard and Maison de Grande Esprit brands. 

On 15 August 2019 the Group announced an expansion 
of Luxury winemaking assets in Australia with a 
significant investment in the Bilyara winery site in 
South Australia. This project will support the continued 
growth of the Australian Luxury portfolio and will 
increase wine making capacity, drive production 
efficiency and increase wine storage facilities. The 
investment includes an additional production line, 
processing infrastructure and the construction of 
additional barrel storage facilities, increasing production 
and storage capacity. Total capital investment is 
expected to be between $150 million and $180 million 
and will be incurred over the course of F20 and F21.  
In addition, one-off costs of approximately $35 million 
are expected to be incurred in F20.

Other than as disclosed in the financial statements,  
the directors are not aware of any other matters or 
circumstances that have arisen since the end of the 
financial year which have significantly affected or  
may significantly affect the operations of the Group,  
the results of those operations or the state of affairs  
of the Group in subsequent financial years.

CORPORATE RESPONSIBILITY

Matters of environmental and social significance to  
the Group are primarily addressed within the Corporate 
Responsibility (CR) framework. This framework is 
governed by the Global CR Council, comprising the  
Chief Executive Officer and senior representatives  
from regional and functional areas of the business.

Further detail on the Group’s CR framework, strategy, 
initiatives and achievements are detailed in the 
Corporate Responsibility section of this Annual Report 
and the Company’s 2019 Sustainability Report.

ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATION

The Group is subject to various environmental laws and 
regulatory frameworks governing energy, water, waste 
and greenhouse gas reporting for its operations globally.

Management of environmental issues is a core element  
of the work program delivered by sustainability and 
technical teams and is detailed in the relevant material 
business risks outlined in the OFR and the 2019 
Sustainability Report.

The Group recognises the direct link between effective 
management of its environmental impacts and its 
business success. To this end, the Group’s environment 
policies, procedures and practices are designed to ensure 
that the Group maintains focus on resource efficiency 
and continuous improvement, and that environmental 
laws and permit conditions are complied with. 
Compliance with these regulatory and operational 
programs has been incorporated into relevant business 
practices and processes. 

The Group monitors its operations through a Health, 
Safety and Environment (HSE) Management System, 
overlaid with a risk management and compliance system 
overseen by the Audit and Risk Committee. The Global 
CR Council provides executive oversight of the Group’s 
strategic approach to managing the environmental 
challenges it faces. Although the Group’s various 
operations involve relatively low inherent environmental 
compliance risk, matters of non-compliance are identified 
from time to time and are corrected. Where required, the 
appropriate regulatory authority is notified.

Under the compliance system, the Audit and Risk 
Committee and the Board receive six-monthly reports 
detailing matters involving non-compliance and 
potential non-compliance. These reports also detail  
the corrective action that has been taken.

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019  |  41  

INDEMNITIES AND INSURANCE

Rule 40 of the Company’s Constitution provides that the 
Company will, to the extent permitted by law, indemnify 
directors and officers of Group companies in respect of 
any liability, loss, damage, cost or expense incurred or 
suffered in or arising out of the conduct of the business  
of the Group or the proper performance of any duty  
of that director or officer.

Each director of Treasury Wine Estates Limited has 
entered into a Deed of Indemnity, Insurance and Access 
(Deed) with the Company. Several members of the  
senior executive team have also entered into a Deed.  
No director or officer of the Company has received a 
benefit under an indemnity from the Company during the 
period ended 30 June 2019 or to the date of this report.

In accordance with the Company’s Constitution and the 
Deed, the Company has paid a premium in respect of  
an insurance contract that covers directors and officers 
of the Group companies against any liability arising  
in or out of the conduct of the business of the Group  
and the proper performance of any duty of that director 
or officer. Due to confidentiality undertakings of the 
policy, no further details in respect of the premium  
or the policy can be disclosed.

ROUNDING

Treasury Wine Estates Limited is a company of the  
kind referred to in ASIC Corporations (Rounding in 
Financial/Directors’ Reports) Instrument 2016/19 and, 
except where otherwise stated, amounts in the statutory 
financial statements forming part of this report have 
been rounded off to the nearest one hundred thousand 
dollars or to zero where the amount is $50,000 or less.

Dated at Melbourne 28 August 2019.

Paul Rayner 
Chairman	

Michael Clarke 
Chief	Executive	Officer	

DIRECTORS’ REPORT (CONTINUED)

Under the National Greenhouse and Energy Reporting 
Act 2007 (Cth) (NGER Act), the Company is required  
to report on its Australian operations that exceed specific 
greenhouse gas emissions or energy-use thresholds.  
The Company submitted its annual NGER Act report  
by the prescribed reporting date of 31 October 2018.

During the financial year, the Group was not found to be 
in breach of any environmental regulations.

PROCEEDINGS ON BEHALF OF THE COMPANY

There are no proceedings brought or intervened in,  
or applications to bring or intervene in proceedings,
on behalf of the Company by a member or other person 
entitled to do so under section 237 of the Corporations 
Act 2001 (Cth).

NON-AUDIT SERVICES AND  
AUDITOR INDEPENDENCE

KPMG is the Company’s auditor, appointed with effect 
from 23 October 2013.

The Group may decide to engage the auditor, KPMG,  
on assignments additional to their statutory audit duties 
where such services are not in conflict with their role as 
auditor and their expertise and/or detailed experience 
with the Company may allow cost efficiencies for the work.

The Board has considered the position and, in accordance 
with advice received from the Audit and Risk Committee, 
is satisfied that the provision of non-audit services  
by KPMG is compatible with the general standard of 
independence for auditors imposed by the Corporations 
Act 2001 (Cth). The Board also notes that:

• the engagements for all non-audit services have been 
reviewed by the Chief Financial Officer and, where 
relevant, the Chair of the Audit and Risk Committee  
in accordance with the Committee’s rules of engagement 
regarding the provision of non-audit services by the 
External Auditor contained in the Committee Charter 
to ensure they do not impact the actual or perceived 
impartiality and objectivity of KPMG; and

• none of the services provided by KPMG undermine  

the general principles relating to auditor  
independence as set out in APES 110 Code of Ethics  
for Professional Accountants.

During the financial year, the fees paid or payable for 
non-audit services provided by KPMG and its related 
practices totalled $346,348. Amounts paid or payable  
for audit and non-audit services are disclosed in  
note 30 of the Financial Statements.

A copy of the auditor’s independence declaration is set 
out on page 43 and forms part of this report.

42  |  TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019

AUDITOR’S INDEPENDENCE DECLARATION

Lead Auditor’s Independence Declaration under 
Section 307C of the Corporations Act 2001 

To the Directors of Treasury Wine Estates Limited 

I declare that, to the best of my knowledge and belief, in relation to the audit of Treasury Wine Estates 
Limited for the financial year ended 30 June 2019 there have been: 

i. 

ii. 

no contraventions of the auditor independence requirements as set out in the 
Corporations Act 2001 in relation to the audit; and 
no contraventions of any applicable code of professional conduct in relation to the audit. 

KPM_INI_01 

PAR_SIG_01 

PAR_NAM_01 

PAR_POS_01 

PAR_DAT_01 

PAR_CIT_01 

KPMG 

Gordon Sangster 
Partner 
Melbourne 
28 August 2019 

KPMG, an Australian partnership and a member firm of the KPMG 
network of independent member firms affiliated with KPMG 
International Cooperative (“KPMG International”), a Swiss entity. 

Liability limited by a scheme approved under 
Professional Standards Legislation. 

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019  |  43  

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
F19 REMUNERATION REPORT (AUDITED)

CONTENTS

Executive  
remuneration

45  Key messages

47   Remuneration strategy  

and framework

51 

 Performance and  
remuneration outcomes

Non-executive director 
remuneration

Other remuneration  
information

58  Framework and outcomes

60  Governance

61  Further information 

EXECUTIVE REMUNERATION

Introduction from the Chairman of the Human Resources Committee 

Dear Shareholders,

On behalf of the Board, I am pleased to present our  
F19 remuneration report for which we will seek your 
approval at our Annual General Meeting in October 
2019. The remuneration report is designed to 
demonstrate the Company’s performance, executive 
reward framework and outcomes and their strong 
alignment with shareholder returns. 

During the year, the Committee has continued its  
work to achieve remuneration outcomes that fairly  
reflect the performance of TWE and individuals.  
TWE’s remuneration practices are designed to attract, 
motivate and retain the high-calibre talent needed to 
continue delivering sustainable results that out-perform 
the market. F19 has seen continued improvement in 
performance and the remuneration outcomes for F19 
reflect this. 

In F19, we have delivered another high-quality set  
of financial results for our shareholders. The positive 
momentum in our business was delivered through  
our premiumisation strategy, the disciplined investments 
we have made in our business over recent years and 
importantly, exceptional execution by our global team. 
These results were achieved in an environment of ‘doing 
the right thing’ consistent with TWE’s growth behaviours, 
which are a key component of our remuneration practices.

We have reported an outstanding 25% EBITS growth  
to $662.7 million and a 2.3 percentage point ROCE 
improvement to 14.9%. Our EBITS margin for F19 
increased by 1.6 percentage points to 23.4% and the 
Company’s Total Shareholder Return performance  
of 69% from July 2016 to June 2019 was at the 80th 
percentile relative to its peer group. 

This year’s results demonstrate the exceptional returns 
we are delivering for our shareholders, and they are  
a direct result of the investments and structural change 
our team has made in our global business over the past 
five years. Sustainability is at the heart of everything  
we do at TWE, and we will continue to pursue 
opportunities to enhance the fundamentals of our 
business with a mindset of prioritising long-term  
success over short-term outcomes. 

We look to the future with confidence, knowing that  
we have the people, the brands, the wine, the business 
models and the customer partnerships to continue 
delivering sustainable, margin accretive growth. 

The remuneration outcomes for F19 reflect an 
appropriate alignment between pay and TWE’s 
performance during the year. We remain confident  
our philosophy, framework and remuneration policy  
can continue to support long-term value creation.

The Committee is responsible for other Human 
Resources matters across the Group, including  
diversity and inclusion, talent, capability, culture  
and engagement. It remains our intention to encourage 
open dialogue with shareholders and other stakeholders, 
particularly around our remuneration practices, 
disclosures, and governance matters, and accordingly  
I welcome any feedback and comments you may have.

Yours sincerely,

Warwick Every-Burns 
Human Resources Committee Chairman

44  |  TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019

1. KEY MESSAGES 

This report details the F19 remuneration framework and outcomes for the Key Management Personnel (KMP) of  
the Group which includes non-executive directors. In this report, ‘executives’ refers to executives identified as KMP 
excluding the non-executive directors. It is prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 
and all references are to Australian dollars (A$) unless otherwise specified.

a) Financial highlights for F19 
In F19, Treasury Wine Estates Limited (TWE) delivered EBITS of $662.7 million, up 25%, and adjusted Earnings 
per Share (EPS) of 60.4 cents (before material items and SGARA). The Company also delivered outstanding  
EBITS margin accretion, up 1.6 percentage points to 23.4% and improved Return on Capital Employed (ROCE),  
up 2.3 percentage points to 14.9%.

F19 was a year where the positive momentum in our business was delivered through our premiumisation strategy,  
the disciplined investments we have made in our business over recent years and importantly, exceptional execution  
by our global team. We delivered another high-quality set of financial results for our shareholders.

b) KMP
Executive KMP at TWE during F19 are as follows:

EXECUTIVES (AS AT 30 JUNE 2019)

Current KMP
MA Clarke
TM Ford
MJ Young

Former KMP
RB Foye

Chief Executive Officer
Chief Operating Officer
Chief Financial Officer

Full Year
From 19 January 2019
Full Year

Former Chief Operating Officer

1 July 2018 to 18 January 2019

As announced on 21 January 2019, Mr Foye’s employment 
was terminated on 18 January 2019 due to a breach  
of internal policies at which time he ceased to be KMP. 
Mr Ford was appointed as Chief Operating Officer 
(COO) from 19 January 2019.

On cessation of employment, Mr Foye forfeited all 
unvested awards, comprising 23,768 restricted shares 
from the F17 and F18 deferred short-term incentive plans 
and 340,316 performance rights from the F17, F18 and 
F19 long-term incentive plans. Further information  
is outlined in section 3.

c) Fixed remuneration
TWE is now a truly global company with significant 
growth increasing the responsibility and complexity  
of executive roles. The executive team has been crucial  
to the successful turnaround of the Company. The reward, 
retention and development of this team has been a key 
consideration of the Board and was reflected in fixed 
remuneration outcomes for executives.

The Board is committed to rewarding and retaining  
the CEO who has led the financial transformation and 
sustained out-performance of the Company. As reported 
in the Company’s 2018 Report, Mr Clarke’s fixed 
remuneration increased from $2,500,000 to $2,600,000 
effective 1 September 2018. For F20, the Board approved 
a 2% increase to Mr Clarke’s fixed remuneration to 
$2,652,000 and a 2% increase to Mr Young’s fixed 
remuneration to $714,000, effective 1 September 2019.  
Mr Ford was appointed as COO on 19 January 2019 
which coincided with him becoming KMP. His fixed 
remuneration was set at $800,000 effective 1 March 
2019, reflecting the responsibilities of his new role.  
As noted in the 2018 Remuneration Report, the fixed 
remuneration of the former COO, Mr Foye, was 
increased on 1 September 2018 by 3.2% to US$851,000. 

d) Short-term incentives in the year
Again, the Group’s successful focus on sustainable 
earnings growth, cost management and operational 
effectiveness, has delivered exceptional returns for our 
shareholders. The continued focus on our premiumisation 
strategy, the disciplined investments we have made  
in our business over recent years, and investment  
in long-term relationships with key stakeholders has 
driven over-achievement on the executive KMP’s 
balanced scorecards. We will continue to pursue 
opportunities to enhance the fundamentals of our 
business with a mindset of prioritising long-term  
success over short-term outcomes. 

As a result, the Board has determined that the F19 
short-term incentive plan (STIP) outcomes are at 
maximum (120% of fixed remuneration for the period 
since becoming KMP) for Mr Ford and above target  
(86% of fixed remuneration) for Mr Young. The CEO 
received a STIP outcome of 150% of fixed remuneration 
due to achievement of maximum performance.

e) Long-term incentives in the year
The Group’s Total Shareholder Return (TSR) 
performance was at the 80th percentile relative to its 
peer group. This achievement, along with strong ROCE 
results, has driven vesting of 100% of the F17 long-term 
incentive plan (LTIP) for eligible executives. This vesting 
outcome for executives mirrors the strong returns delivered 
to investors over the plan period. The share price 
appreciated from $9.28 on 1 July 2016 to $14.92  
on 28 June 2019. Over the three year plan period 
investors have enjoyed a 61% increase in the Company’s 
share price and growth in Return on Capital Employed 
has increased from 9.3% to 14.9%.

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019  |  45  

F19 REMUNERATION REPORT (AUDITED) (CONTINUED)

f) Changes for F20

F20 LTIP
In the F20 LTIP, the weighting of the two metrics remain unchanged from the F19 LTIP with ROCE weighted at 75% 
of the plan and Relative Total Shareholder Return (TSR) weighted at 25%. 

The following targets have been set for the F20 LTIP.

ROCE growth will be measured against the adjusted F19 ROCE base of 13.8%. This adjusted base takes into account 
the new Lease Accounting Standard, AASB 16 Leases, which is mandatorily effective in Australia for annual 
reporting periods commencing on or after 1 January 2019 (refer to section 1 g) for further information) and will vest 
according to the following schedule. 

ROCE baseline  
13.8% (F19)

% ROCE growth

ROCE result

Less than 1.0%
1.0% to 1.9%
At or above 1.9%

Less than 14.8%
14.8% to 15.7%
At or above 15.7%

% of Performance Rights subject 
to ROCE measure which vest
0%
35–100%
100%

The Relative TSR vesting schedule for the F20 LTIP is unchanged from F19.

Relative TSR  
vesting schedule

Relative TSR ranking

Below 50th percentile
50th to 60th percentile
60th to 75th percentile
At or above 75th percentile

% of Performance Rights  
subject to Relative TSR  
measure which vest
0%
35–70%
70–100%
100%

The peer group for Relative TSR comprises companies within the S&P/ASX 200 Index, excluding companies from the 
energy, metal and mining, real estate and finance sectors. 

Offers of performance rights under the F20 LTIP are subject to the satisfaction of performance conditions, as outlined 
above, over the performance period from 1 July 2019 to 30 June 2022. LTIP awards to KMP are at the absolute 
discretion of the Board. For the F20 LTIP the following awards will apply:

• Mr Clarke: opportunity of 200% of fixed remuneration at maximum, 70% at threshold, 0% below threshold

• Mr Ford: opportunity of 150% of fixed remuneration at maximum, 52.5% at threshold, 0% below threshold

• Mr Young: opportunity of 150% of fixed remuneration at maximum, 52.5% at threshold, 0% below threshold. 

The Company will seek shareholder approval at the 2019 Annual General Meeting for the F20 LTIP offer to the CEO. 

General Employee Share Plan (2019 Share Cellar Plan)
The Company’s general employee share plan (Share Cellar Plan) was enhanced during 2019. For employees enrolling 
in the 2019 plan, the Company will deliver one matched share for every purchased share (previously every two 
purchased shares) held at the plan vesting date (i.e. one to one matching), subject to continued employment. Further 
information on the Share Cellar Plan is outlined in sections 2 f) and 3 e).

CEO Minimum Shareholding
Non-executive directors and executives are encouraged to have control over ordinary shares in the Company, and are 
required to hold at least the equivalent of one year’s base fees or fixed remuneration respectively. From F20, the CEO has 
volunteered to have control over ordinary shares equivalent to two year’s fixed remuneration. This is the new guideline for 
the CEO, which has already been met and exceeded at the date of this report. The guidelines are expected to be met over a 
reasonable period of time (approximately five years). Refer to section 5 c) for further information. 

g) New Accounting Standard on Leases
A new Lease Accounting Standard, AASB 16 Leases, is mandatorily effective in Australia for annual reporting 
periods commencing on or after 1 January 2019. The Group will adopt AASB 16 in the annual reporting period  
ending 30 June 2020 (F20). AASB 16 removes the lease classification test for lessees and requires the Group  
to bring all material leases with lease terms greater than one year onto the balance sheet.

The new standard is expected to have an impact on the Group’s balance sheet and P&L, both of which are key inputs 
to the EBITS and ROCE metrics used in the Company’s incentive plans. The Board has determined to manage the 
impact of this change on incentive plan outcomes. It is intended that plan participants will not materially benefit  
or be materially disadvantaged by the change of accounting treatment in any period. Further details of the impact  
of AASB 16 are included in note 31 to the financial statements.

46  |  TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019

2. REMUNERATION STRATEGY AND FRAMEWORK

a) Remuneration strategy
TWE’s remuneration strategy sets the direction for the remuneration framework, and drives the design and 
application of remuneration programs across the Group, including for executives. The strategy aims to attract,  
retain and reward the best talent while building a performance oriented culture. It sets out principles and processes  
to ensure remuneration practices attract and motivate the highest calibre employees to achieve TWE’s business  
and financial objectives.

The remuneration strategy is designed to drive strong alignment between financial results for the business,  
wealth outcomes for shareholders and remuneration outcomes for employees. The Board believes that remuneration  
of executives should include a fixed component and at-risk or performance-related components, including both  
short-term and long-term incentives. Executive and stakeholder interests are aligned through share ownership.

The weighting of the at-risk remuneration components for each executive reflects the Board’s commitment to 
performance-based reward. The diagram below illustrates the mix of remuneration components for executives,  
firstly as a percentage of total remuneration (TR) at target, and then as a proportion of total maximum potential 
remuneration. Section 3 of this report describes performance outcomes over the past five years, and how they  
have impacted remuneration outcomes.

b) Total remuneration 
Executive total remuneration (TR) comprises fixed remuneration (FR) and variable (‘at-risk’) remuneration in the 
form of STIP and LTIP. The remuneration structure in F19 for current executives as at 30 June 2019 is as follows. 

Total Remuneration with STIP at Target and LTIP at Threshold:

CEO

Executives

Percentage of TR

FR 37%
STIP (at target) 37%
LTIP (at threshold) 26%

Percentage of TR

FR 46%
STIP (at target) 30%
LTIP (at threshold) 24%

Total Remuneration with both STIP and LTIP at Maximum:

CEO

Executives

Percentage of TR

FR 22%
STIP (at maximum) 33%
LTIP (at maximum) 45%

Percentage of TR

FR 27%
STIP (at maximum) 32%
LTIP (at maximum) 41%

The CEO’s remuneration mix in F19 changed slightly from F18 due to his LTIP award decreasing from 300% of fixed 
remuneration in the F18 LTIP grant to 200% of fixed remuneration in the F19 LTIP grant. 

c) Fixed remuneration
For Australian-based executives, total fixed remuneration is inclusive of superannuation and other benefits. For executives 
based outside Australia, references to fixed remuneration refer to base salary.

Fixed remuneration is reviewed annually and set at a market-competitive level reflective of the executive’s skills, experience 
and responsibilities, and taking into account complexity of role, location and performance. The Group looks at industry 
and general market peer groups, with key criteria applied such as market capitalisation and revenue. Both Australian 
and global peers are considered, reflecting the complexity of roles in a global business and the Group’s international 
lens on talent. Peer groups are reviewed regularly for accuracy and alignment with the nature of the business. 

d) Short-term incentive plan (STIP) 
The STIP drives an annual at-risk component of remuneration and links business results for the fiscal year,  
executive performance and reward using a balanced scorecard approach. 

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019  |  47  

F19 REMUNERATION REPORT (AUDITED) (CONTINUED)

The STIP performance measures are consistent across the Company. They are designed to support the financial 
health of the organisation and shareholder return in terms of dividends and share price – this year and over time.  
The metrics are aimed at reinforcing Company culture as their achievement requires compliance with the Company’s 
Growth Behaviours, focus, belief, trust and collaboration. Hurdles and stretch targets are set for each metric and  
the sustainability of growth and returns is non-negotiable.

F19 STIP MEASURES 

REMUNERATION AND PERFORMANCE LINK

Global EBITS  
(40%)

The EBITS metric focuses and rewards executives for the overall health and profit-producing ability 
of the Group/Region. It is designed to ensure TWE products are available in the right quantities and 
retail locations and to reward executives for levels of earnings that will benefit shareholders and 
provide capital that can be further invested by the Group for future growth. 

Cost and process 
optimisation  
(15% to 20%)

The cost optimisation metric aims to reward executives for the efficient deployment of overheads. 
It encourages executives to innovate, and where warranted to invest, to remove waste, achieve 
economies of scale and simplify.

Growth in brand 
contribution,  
sales and new 
revenue streams  
(10% to 15%)

This growth metric aims to reward executives for delivering new revenue opportunities and drive 
a steep trajectory in top line growth globally. Delivery of this metric drives executives to optimise 
the contribution of each brand and then explore wider opportunities for the Company to grow 
beyond existing products, markets, consumers and customers.

Margin accretion  
(10% to 15%)

Executives delivering margin accretion are rewarded for delivering growth through premiumisation 
of the Company’s portfolio, optimising investment and making risk-managed, smart decisions.

Quality of growth 
(15% to 20%)

This metric rewards executives for the delivery of quality growth as measured by improvements  
in the balance sheet, operating cash flow, forecast accuracy and brand premiumisation, all critical 
to delivering Return on Capital Employed metric (ROCE) and financial returns for investors.

The table below provides further detail including the weighting of metrics and size of opportunity.

F19 STIP PERFORMANCE MEASURES 

STIP OPPORTUNITY 

STIP DETAIL

The annual STIP opportunity  
is at the absolute discretion of  
the Board. In F19, the following  
STIP opportunities applied:
Target:

Executives 66.5% of FR
CEO 100% of FR

Maximum:

Executives 120% of FR
CEO 150% of FR
The Individual Performance 
Multiplier is derived from  
the level of each Executive’s 
achievement of individual  
KPOs and demonstration of the 
Company’s growth behaviours. 
The Individual Performance 
Multiplier can drive a result  
of 0 to 1.5 as per the diagram  
below (except for the CEO  
for whom the individual multiplier  
on STIP is capped at 1.25).

An annual award of cash and/or equity 
may be received based on:
•  Group, team and individual financial, 
strategic and operational performance, 
measured by way of the Balanced 
Scorecard; and 

•  Agreed individual key performance 

objectives (including company 
behaviours) measured by way of the 
Individual Performance Multiplier

One-third of the STIP award for executives 
is deferred into Restricted Equity in the 
Company. Of this Restricted Equity, 
one-half (i.e. one-sixth of the overall  
STIP award) will vest after one year,  
and one-half (i.e. one-sixth of the overall 
STIP award) will vest after two years.
The remaining two-thirds of the STIP 
award is delivered in cash at the end  
of the F19 financial year.

The STIP Balanced Scorecard  
is weighted by role. 
CEO:

40% global EBITS
15% cost and process optimisation
15%  growth through new revenue 

streams

15% margin accretion
15% quality of growth

CFO:

40% global EBITS
20% cost and process optimisation
10% growth in brand contribution 
10% margin accretion
20% quality of growth

COO: 

40% global EBITS
15% cost and process optimisation
15%  growth through new revenue 

streams

15% margin accretion
15% quality of growth 
Each measure is assessed after  
the financial year-end against  
the full-year audited financial  
report on a constant currency  
basis to determine the overall  
level of performance achieved.
The Balanced Scorecard can  
drive a multiplier outcome  
between 0 and 1.2 as per the  
diagram overleaf.

48  |  TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019

The overall structure of the F19 STIP is provided below.

STIP Award $

Fixed
remuneration $

STIP 
opportunity %

Balanced
Scorecard
multiplier 
(0 to 1.2)

Individual
multiplier
(0 to 1.5)*

Fixed – based on 
level of skill and 
responsibility.

Fixed – based on 
role and level of role 
within the Company.

Variable – based on 
Balanced Scorecard 
performance.

Variable – based 
on individual 
performance.

* 0 to 1.25 for the CEO

Restricted Equity 
Cash 

1/3
2/3

e) Long-term incentive plan (LTIP)
The LTIP is designed to reward executives for long-term performance and value creation for shareholders. Offers are 
approved by the Board and made to select executives and senior leaders as nominated by the CEO. For F19 the Board 
awarded the CEO an LTIP opportunity of 200% of fixed remuneration. 

The performance period for the F19 LTIP is 1 July 2018 to 30 June 2021 and the plan has the following features.

LTIP PERFORMANCE MEASURES

LTIP OPPORTUNITY

LTIP DETAIL

Relative Total Shareholder Return (TSR)  
(25% weighting)

Relative to S&P/ASX 200 Index, excluding  
companies from the energy, metal and  
mining, real estate and finance sectors.
Return on Capital Employed (ROCE)  
Growth (75% weighting)

Calculated as EBITS divided by average 
capital employed (at constant currency). 
Capital employed is the sum of average  
net assets (excluding SGARA) and average  
net debt.

LTIP awards are at the 
absolute discretion of the 
Board. In F19, the following 
awards applied:

CEO 200% of FR
Other executives  
150% to 200% of FR

LTIP awards are delivered in  
the form of performance rights. 
The number of rights allocated  
is based on face value using the 
90-day VWAP preceding 1 July  
at the start of the performance 
period. If the performance 
conditions are met at the end of  
the three-year performance period, 
rights vest and executives receive  
a share for each vested 
performance right. 
No amount is payable on the 
vesting of the performance rights 
or on their conversion into shares. 
Any rights that do not vest lapse.

F19 LTIP vesting schedules

Relative TSR  
vesting schedule

Relative TSR ranking

Below 50th percentile
50th to 60th percentile
60th to 75th percentile
At or above 75th percentile

% of Performance Rights  
subject to Relative TSR  
measure which vest
0%
35–70%
70–100%
100%

ROCE baseline  
12.6% (F18)

% ROCE growth

ROCE result

Less than 1.9%
1.9% to 2.6%
At or above 2.6%

Less than 14.5%
14.5% to 15.2%
At or above 15.2%

% of Performance Rights  
subject to ROCE measure  
which vest
0%
35–100%
100%

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019  |  49  

F19 REMUNERATION REPORT (AUDITED) (CONTINUED)

f) General employee share plan (Share Cellar) 
The Group has a broad-based employee share plan, Share Cellar, which operates by way of after-tax employee payroll 
contributions (minimum $500 to maximum $5,000) to acquire shares in the Company. An equivalent cash plan 
operates in countries where, due to local laws, it is not practicable to offer shares to employees. 

In the plans operating from 2015 to 2018, for every two purchased shares that a participant holds at the vesting date 
(approximately two years) the Company delivers one matched share (i.e. one to two matching), subject to continued 
employment. This design feature was enhanced in the 2019 Share Cellar Plan. For employees enrolling in the 2019 
plan, the Company will deliver one matched share for every purchased share held at the plan vesting date (i.e. one  
to one matching), subject to continued employment. 

Shares were acquired in F19 under the 2018 Share Cellar offer, and a subsequent offer to participate in the 2019 
Share Cellar Plan was made during the year. The first share purchases in the 2019 Share Cellar Plan will occur  
in September 2019 (F20).

g) Mid-term incentive plan (MTIP) and restricted equity plan (REP)
In addition to the LTIP, the Group operates the MTIP and REP which allows the Board to make offers of Deferred 
Share Rights or Restricted Shares for the purpose of attracting, retaining and motivating key employees within the 
Group. Participation in the MTIP is open to senior managers (excluding executives eligible for LTIP) and is subject  
to performance conditions. There were no awards granted to, or vested for, executives under the MTIP or REP in F19.

h) Other key information

Board discretion and clawback
The Board will exercise discretion to ensure any cash or equity outcomes are appropriately aligned to the Company’s 
underlying performance and the interests of shareholders. The Board maintains the discretion to clawback any  
vested or unvested equity should a clawback event arise, which was not apparent at the time the equity was awarded.  
This may include (but is not limited to) material misstatement of financial results, material reputational damage  
to the Group, or where there was serious misconduct by a participant. This includes discretion to reduce, forfeit or 
reinstate awards, require payback of proceeds from the sale of vested awards and/or reset or alter the performance 
conditions applying to any award.

Leavers
The Board has absolute discretion as to whether participants retain their unvested equity upon ceasing employment, 
taking into account the circumstances of their departure. In general if an executive ceases employment with the 
Group they forfeit their entitlement to cash or equity under the Company’s incentive plans. 

In exceptional circumstances (such as redundancy, death or disability), the Board, in its discretion, may determine 
that a portion of the award is retained having regard to performance and time lapsed to date of cessation (or that  
an equivalent cash payment be made). Retained awards will generally be subject to post-employment vesting, where 
the participant must continue to hold the relevant Performance Rights until the end of the performance period, and  
be subject to the performance conditions under the plan.

Dividends and voting rights
Plan participants granted restricted shares are entitled to dividends and voting rights. Participants holding  
time-restricted rights or performance rights are entitled to neither dividends nor voting rights.

Change of control
In the event of a change of control, unless the Board determines otherwise, the transfer restrictions imposed on  
the shares will be lifted, but only in so far as to permit the executive to participate in the change of control event.  
Any shares that do not participate in the change of control event will continue to be subject to restrictions until  
the end of the applicable restriction period.

Hedging
To ensure the variable components of the Group’s remuneration structure remain ‘at-risk’, employees may not hedge 
against the risk inherent in arrangements such as the LTIP or any other equity-based incentive plans. Awards will  
be forfeited if the policy is breached.

50  |  TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019

3. PERFORMANCE AND REMUNERATION OUTCOMES

a) Overview of Company performance 
EBITS growth and EBITS margin accretion, together with improved asset returns are underpinned by the Company’s 
investment in its organisational talent, portfolio premiumisation, brand building investment, strategic customer and 
distributor partnerships and a cost conscious culture. F19 results demonstrate the benefits of this strategy delivering 
EBITS of $662.7 million, up 25% year on year and improved profitability with strong EBITS margin accretion and 
significantly enhanced ROCE. 

The table below summarises the Company’s financial performance over the last five financial years.

Table 3.1: Overview of Company performance (reported)

FINANCIAL YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 

EBITS performance (A$ million)
Earnings per share (cents) 1
Dividends paid per share (cents) 
Franked (%)
Closing share price ($ at 30 June)
Return on capital employed (%)

2015

225.1
21.9
13
0
4.90
6.8

2016

334.2
30.5
16
0
9.23
9.3

2017

455.1
39.8
25
0
13.16
11.6

2018

530.2
51.8
28
63
17.39
12.6

2019

662.7
60.4
35 2
100
14.92
14.9

1. Before material items, SGARA and tax consolidation benefit.
2. The 2019 dividend of 35 cents is comprised of the final dividend in F18 of 17 cents (100% franked) paid on 5 October 2018 and the interim 

F19 dividend of 18 cents (100% franked) paid on 5 April 2019. For the final F19 dividend see Note 6 of the Financial Statements.

The following graph shows movement in the Company share price against movement in the ASX200 over the last  
five years.

400%

350%

300%

250%

200%

150%

100%

50%

0%

Jul–2014

TWE
ASX200

Ja n –2015

Jul–2015

Ja n –2016

Jul–2016

Ja n –2017

Jul–2017

Ja n –2018

Jul–2018

Ja n –2019

Jul–2019

b) Fixed remuneration outcomes
Market benchmarking and salary reviews are conducted annually with any changes effective from 1 September. 

In F19: 

• The CEO, Mr Clarke, received an increase from $2,500,000 to $2,600,000 per annum, effective 1 September 2018, 

an increase of 4%.

• Mr Young was appointed Chief Financial Officer (CFO) on 1 May 2018 and his fixed remuneration was set at 

$700,000 effective 30 June 2018 to reflect the responsibilities of his new role. Mr Young did not receive a further 
increase in F19.

• Mr Foye was Chief Operating Officer (COO) until 18 January 2019. His fixed remuneration increased by 3.2%  
from US$825,000 to US$851,000 effective 1 September 2018. Mr Foye ceased employment with the Company  
on 18 January 2019.

• Mr Ford was appointed COO on 19 January 2019 and on 1 March 2019 his fixed remuneration was set at $800,000 

to reflect the responsibilities of his new role. 

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019  |  51  

F19 REMUNERATION REPORT (AUDITED) (CONTINUED)

c) Short-term incentive outcomes 
Short-term incentives are assessed by achievement against each executive’s Balanced Scorecard and specific personal 
objectives. Actual results for the Balanced Scorecard are provided below. 

The F19 STIP scorecard is heavily weighted to financial metrics and the primary driver is EBITS. STIP outcomes  
for executives reflects the financial out-performance of the Company which was driven by premiumisation and strong 
global earning momentum. The Company’s strong focus on cost, operational efficiency and ROCE resulted in stretch 
achievement on the related metrics in the STIP scorecards. This high level of performance is reflected in the STIP 
results and the level of payout for executives.

F19 STIP 
SCORECARD

Financial goals
Global EBITS 
Quality of Growth
Margin accretion

Strategic goals
Cost and process optimisation
Growth through new revenue 
streams
Growth in Brand contribution
Total

CEO

CFO

COO1

WEIGHT

PAYMENT

WEIGHT

PAYMENT

WEIGHT

PAYMENT

40%
15%
15%

15%

15%

48%
18%
18%

18%

18%

40%
20%
10%

48%
22%
12%

20%

10%

40%
15%
15%

15%

15%

48%
18%
18%

18%

18%

100%

120%

10%
100%

11%
103%

100%

120%

1. F19 scorecard reflects time in role as COO from 19 January 2019.

The table below sets out short-term incentive outcomes for each executive inclusive of the impact of individual 
performance multiplier outcomes. The cash component of F19 STIP awards will be paid in September 2019.  
The Restricted Equity will also be allocated in September 2019. Mr Foye did not receive a STIP award for F19.

Table 3.2: F19 STIP outcomes

FR2 FOR STIP 
OPPORTUNITY 
($)

STIP 
OPPORTUNITY 
AT TARGET  
(% OF FR) 
(%)

STIP 
OPPORTUNITY 
AT TARGET 
($)

STIP
AWARDED4
($)

TOTAL STIP 
AWARDED 
(% OF FR)4
(%)

CASH 
($)

RESTRICTED 
EQUITY 
($)

TOTAL STIP 
OPPORTUNITY 
FORFEITED
(% OF FR)4
(%)

2,600,000
346,027
700,000

100.0%
66.5%
66.5%

2,600,000 3,900,000
414,195
605,150

230,108
465,500

150%  2,600,000 
 276,130 
120%
86%  403,433 

 1,300,000 
 138,065 
 201,717 

0%
0%
0%

EXECUTIVE1

MA Clarke
TM Ford3
MJ Young

1. Reports only executives who were KMP at 30 June 2019. 
2. FR is salary as of 1 September 2018. Where changes have occurred after 1 September, FR is pro-rated based on calendar days in the 

financial year. 

3. Mr Ford’s FR for STIP opportunity and actual payment is pro-rated reflecting the period he was KMP from 19 January 2019. The total 

FR for STIP Opportunity was $733,425 and the total STIP awarded was $821,877 for the full F19 year. 

4. Inclusive of balanced scorecard and individual performance multiplier outcomes.   

52  |  TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
d) Long-term incentive awards and outcomes

LTIP awarded during the year
Performance rights were allocated to executives under the F19 LTIP after the 2018 Annual General Meeting  
and are subject to a three-year performance period. Any vesting is subject to two hurdles (detailed on page 49). 
The performance rights have no exercise price and the minimum total value of the grant is zero. The maximum  
value is the number of awards granted multiplied by the share price at vesting. 

Table 3.3: F19 LTIP performance rights

EXECUTIVE

GRANT DATE

VESTING DATE

NUMBER OF 
AWARDS 
GRANTED

FACE VALUE 
AT GRANT
DATE ($)1

FAIR VALUE 
AT GRANT
DATE ($)2

Current  
(as at 30 June 2019)
MA Clarke
TM Ford3
MJ Young

Former
RB Foye4

12 November 2018
12 November 2018
12 November 2018

30 June 2021
30 June 2021
30 June 2021

285,963
61,669
60,468

5,000,006
1,078,270
1,057,271

3,691,782
796,147
780,642

12 November 2018

30 June 2021

98,652

1,724,910

1,087,145

1. The value of LTIP awards granted to executives was the face value of the volume weighted average price (VWAP) of Company shares sold 

on the Australian Securities Exchange over the 90-day period up to and including 30 June 2018 ($17.4848 per share).

2  The fair value ($) in the table above is calculated using the valuation method detailed in note 21 of the Financial Statements.
3  The number of awards shown for Mr Ford represent the full F19 LTIP grant which were granted prior to him becoming KMP.
4  The F19 LTIP awards granted to Mr Foye, and all unvested awards granted under the F17 and F18 LTIP, were subsequently forfeited  

on cessation of employment.

LTIP vesting
The F17 LTIP vested at the end of the year. The vesting schedule for the F17 LTIP is provided below.

Relative TSR  
vesting schedule

Relative TSR ranking

Below 50th percentile
50th to 75th percentile
At or above 75th percentile

% of Performance Rights  
subject to Relative TSR  
measure which vest
0%
35–100%
100%

ROCE baseline  
9.3% (F16)

% ROCE growth

ROCE result

Less than 1.8%
1.8% to 2.4%
At or above 2.4%

Less than 11.1%
11.1% to 11.7%
At or above 11.7%

% of Performance Rights  
subject to ROCE measure  
which vest
0%
35–100%
100%

Performance is measured over the three year period ended 30 June 2019. The Group’s relative TSR performance  
was at the 80th percentile of the peer group and so 100% vesting for this metric was achieved. Return on Capital 
Employed (ROCE) growth for the performance period was 14.9% resulting in 100% vesting. The combined vesting 
outcome for the F17 LTIP plan was 100%.

The F17 LTIP vesting outcome by executive is provided overleaf.

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019  |  53  

F19 REMUNERATION REPORT (AUDITED) (CONTINUED)

Table 3.4: Vesting/lapsing of F17 LTIP

EXECUTIVE

Current  
(as at 30 June 2019)
MA Clarke
TM Ford
MJ Young

NUMBER OF 
PERFORMANCE 
RIGHTS
GRANTED1

VALUE AT
GRANT2
($)

NUMBER  
OF RIGHTS 
VESTED

VALUE
VESTED3
($)

NUMBER  
OF RIGHTS 
WHICH
LAPSED4

VALUE
LAPSED3
($)

452,205
59,973
13,975

4,400,000
583,543
135,978

452,205
59,973
13,975

6,746,899
894,797
208,507

0
0
0

0
0
0

1. Mr Ford and Mr Young’s F17 LTIPs were awarded before they became KMP. 
2. ‘Value at grant’ is calculated based on $9.7301 which was the volume weighted average price of Company shares sold on the ASX over  

the 90 day period up to and including 30 June 2016. This was the price used to calculate the number of performance rights granted under 
the F17 LTIP as previously disclosed by the Company. 

3. The ‘value vested’ and ‘value lapsed’ are calculated based on the closing share price on the performance period end date of 30 June 2019, 
being $14.9200. The value for each executive largely reflects the $5.1899 share price differential between the unit value at grant, being 
$9.7301, and the share price at the end of the performance period of $14.9200. 

4. The number of rights which lapsed as they did not vest.  

e) General employee share plan (Share Cellar)
All executives are participants of the 2018 Share Cellar Plan. Share purchases occurred in September 2018, 
November 2018 and March 2019 with the relevant matching rights allocated to executives in F19. Subject to the 
executive continuing to meet the plan rules, these matching rights will convert to matching shares when the plan vests. 

Table 3.5: Acquisitions in F19 for the 2018 Share Cellar Plan

EXECUTIVE

MECHANISM

ACQUISITION  
DATE

ACQUISITION 
PRICE 
($)

NUMBER  
OF SHARES 
ACQUIRED

NUMBER  
OF RIGHTS 
ALLOCATED

VALUE  
OF RIGHTS 
ALLOCATED
($)1

Current  
(as at 30 June 2019)
MA Clarke

TM Ford2
MJ Young

Former
RB Foye3

Shares

Shares
Shares

Shares

3 September 2018
2 November 2018
6 March 2019
6 March 2019
3 September 2018
2 November 2018
6 March 2019

3 September 2018
2 November 2018

19.85
15.66
15.35
15.35
19.85
15.66
15.35

19.85
15.66

114
58
119
119
68
35
71

113
61

57
29
59
59
34
17
36

56
31

1,131
454
906
906
675
266
553

1,112
485

1  The value of rights allocated at grant date is calculated based on the acquisition price.
2  Reflects participation since Mr Ford commenced as KMP on 19 January 2019. Mr Ford previously acquired 172 shares and was allocated 

86 rights to the value of $1,585 in F19 but was not KMP at the time.

3  Ceased as KMP as at 18 January 2019. The matched rights for Mr Foye were forfeited upon cessation of employment. 

During F19, the 2019 Share Cellar Plan was launched with deductions commencing in April 2019. Actual share 
acquisitions under the plan will be completed in F20, commencing September 2019. 

Enrolment rates for the fourth year of Share Cellar were at an all-time high and the Company continues to have  
more than a third of all eligible employees participating in the Share Cellar Plan and investing their post-tax pay  
to become shareholders. All executives as at 30 June 2019 are enrolled in the 2019 Share Cellar Plan.

54  |  TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(f) Summary of awards held by executives
The table below sets out the number and movement of awards held by executives. Restricted Shares are generally 
issued under STIP Deferral (Restricted Equity). Performance Rights are issued under the LTIP. Deferred Share Rights 
are issued under the REP or represent the right to matching shares under the 2017 and 2018 Share Cellar Plans.

Table 3.6 Summary of awards held by executives

NAME

Current  
(as at 30 June 2019)
MA Clarke3

TM Ford4

MJ Young

Former
RB Foye5

Grand Total

Restricted Shares
Performance Rights
Deferred Share Rights
Restricted Shares
Performance Rights
Deferred Share Rights
Restricted Shares
Performance Rights
Deferred Share Rights

Restricted Shares
Performance Rights
Deferred Share Rights

HELD AT 
THE START 
OF THE 
REPORTING 
PERIOD

GRANTED/ 
ACQUIRED 
DURING 
REPORTING 
PERIOD

RECEIVED 
UPON 
VESTING/ 
EXERCISING1

HELD AT 
THE END  
OF THE 
REPORTING 
PERIOD

OTHER
CHANGE2

 114,763 
 1,626,247 
 293 
 18,115 
 174,239 
 244 
– 
 46,837 
 92 

 68,494 
 285,963 
– 
– 
– 
– 
 1,946 
 60,468 
– 

(76,644) 
(1,111,964) 
(135) 
– 
(59,973) 
– 
– 
(29,110) 
(92) 

– 
– 
 145 
– 
– 
 59 
– 
– 
 87 

 106,613 
 800,246 
 303 
 18,115 
 114,266 
 303 
 1,946 
 78,195 
 87 

 28,064 
 241,664 
– 
 2,250,558 

 13,226 
 98,652 
– 
 528,749 

(17,522) 
– 
– 
(1,295,440) 

(23,768) 
(340,316) 
– 
(363,793) 

– 
– 
– 
 1,120,074 

1. Includes F16 LTIP exercised in F19, and F17 LTIP vested and auto-exercised in F19. Mr Clarke’s amount includes 659,759 and 452,205 

rights from the F16 and F17 LTIP respectively. Mr Young’s amount includes 15,135 and 13,975 rights from the F16 and F17 LTIP 
respectively. Mr Ford’s amount includes 59,973 rights from the F17 LTIP. 

2. Represents balance adjustments for executives ceasing to be a member of KMP, grants made in relation to Share Cellar and any units 

forfeited in F19. 

3. Mr Clarke’s share sales during F19 included shares sold to cover his Australian taxation obligations.
4. Mr Ford’s holding at the start of the period reflects his holding on 19 January 2019 when he became KMP.
5. Ceased as KMP as at 18 January 2019.  

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019  |  55  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
F19 REMUNERATION REPORT (AUDITED) (CONTINUED)

g) Remuneration of executives
The table below (Table 3.7) provides details of remuneration for the CEO and executives for F19, calculated  
in accordance with statutory accounting requirements. All amounts are in Australian dollars and relate only  
to the portion of the year in which the person occupied the KMP role.

Table 3.7: Remuneration of executives

EXECUTIVE

YEAR

SALARY/
FEES1

LEAVE
ACCRUAL2

NON-MONETARY 
BENEFITS3

TOTAL CASH
INCENTIVE4

OTHER
PAYMENTS5

SUPERANNUATION/

TOTAL AMORTISATION

PENSION

VALUE OF LTIP6

OTHER 

EQUITY7

TOTAL

PERFORMANCE

RELATED %8

TERMINATION 

BENEFITS

SHORT-TERM BENEFITS

SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS

 20,531 

 20,049 

 9,224 

 –   

 20,531 

 3,341 

 3,986 

 13,065 

 54,272 

 36,455 

 4,327,981 

 4,267,867 

 251,954 

–

 236,217 

 19,178 

(664,294) 

 1,138,828 

 4,151,858 

 5,425,873 

 1,176,249 

 11,387,045 

 958,119 

 11,126,591 

 78,173 

 1,012,246 

–

 –   

 21,536 

 1,364,303 

 111 

 187,582 

(121,013) 

 1,331,493 

 255,702 

 3,672,287 

 1,154,945 

 15,095,087 

 1,213,932 

 14,986,460 

71%

69%

60%

0%

48%

48%

(59%)

51%

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Current  
(as at 30 June 2019)
MA Clarke9

TM Ford10, 11

MJ Young12

Former
RB Foye13, 14, 15, 16

Total

F19
F18
F19
F18
F19
F18

F19
F18
F19
F18

 2,562,802 
 2,429,951 
 338,602 
–
 679,469 
 84,992 

 693,343 
 1,014,365 
 4,274,216 
 3,529,308 

 207,830 
 182,638 
 52,613 
 –   
(5,003) 
 8,215 

(32,166) 
 34,630 
 223,274 
 225,483 

 415,669 
 606,779 
 5,550 
–
 8,120 
 690 

 2,600,000 
 2,500,000 
 276,130
–
 403,433 
 71,055 

 1,249,345 
 728,684 
 1,678,684 
 1,336,153 

–
 482,754 
 3,279,563
 3,053,809 

 75,983 
 161,188 
–
–
–
–

 202,292 
 4,259 
 278,275 
 165,447 

1. Represents cash salary including any salary sacrificed items such as superannuation and novated motor vehicles.
2. Includes any net changes in the balance of annual leave and long service leave (i.e. leave entitlements that accrued during the year but 

were not used).

3. Includes the provision of car parking, insurances, product allocations, executive medical checks, the value of entertainment, taxation 

expenses, international relocation and expatriate costs and Fringe Benefits Tax on all benefits, where applicable.

4. Represents cash payments made under the F19 STIP, excluding the Restricted Equity portion which will be allocated in September 2019.
5. Includes allowances such as, but not limited to, relocation, car and repatriation.
6. Includes a proportion of the fair value of all outstanding LTIP offers at the start of the year, or which were offered during the year.  

Under Australian Accounting Standards, the fair value is determined as at the offer date and is apportioned on a straight-line basis across 
the expected vesting period after adjusting at each reporting date for an estimation of the number of shares that will ultimately vest.

7. Includes a proportion of the fair value of all Restricted Shares and Deferred Share Rights held under outstanding Restricted Equity Plans 
at the start of the year. F17 and F18 STIP Restricted Equity were outstanding at the end of F19. Restricted Equity granted under the F19 
STIP is expected to be allocated in September 2019. Under Australian Accounting Standards, the fair value is determined as at the offer 
date and is apportioned on a straight-line basis across the expected vesting period after adjusting at each reporting date for an estimation 
of the number of shares that will ultimately vest. 

8. Represents the sum of incentive and Performance Rights/Restricted Equity as a percentage of total remuneration, excluding termination 

payments. No termination payments were made to Executives during F19.

9. Mr Clarke’s salary was adjusted on 1 September 2018 from AU$2,500,000 to AU$2,600,000.

56  |  TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019

g) Remuneration of executives

The table below (Table 3.7) provides details of remuneration for the CEO and executives for F19, calculated  

in accordance with statutory accounting requirements. All amounts are in Australian dollars and relate only  

to the portion of the year in which the person occupied the KMP role.

Table 3.7: Remuneration of executives

Current  

(as at 30 June 2019)

MA Clarke9

TM Ford10, 11

MJ Young12

Former

RB Foye13, 14, 15, 16

Total

F19

F18

F19

F18

F19

F18

F19

F18

F19

F18

 2,562,802 

 2,429,951 

 338,602 

–

 679,469 

 84,992 

 693,343 

 1,014,365 

 4,274,216 

 3,529,308 

 207,830 

 182,638 

 52,613 

 –   

(5,003) 

 8,215 

(32,166) 

 34,630 

 223,274 

 225,483 

 415,669 

 606,779 

 5,550 

–

 8,120 

 690 

 1,249,345 

 728,684 

 1,678,684 

 1,336,153 

 2,600,000 

 2,500,000 

 276,130

 403,433 

 71,055 

–

–

 482,754 

 3,279,563

 3,053,809 

 75,983 

 161,188 

–

–

–

–

 202,292 

 4,259 

 278,275 

 165,447 

EXECUTIVE

YEAR

SALARY/

FEES1

LEAVE

ACCRUAL2

NON-MONETARY 

BENEFITS3

TOTAL CASH

INCENTIVE4

OTHER

PAYMENTS5

SUPERANNUATION/
PENSION

TOTAL AMORTISATION
VALUE OF LTIP6

OTHER 
EQUITY7

TOTAL

PERFORMANCE
RELATED %8

TERMINATION 
BENEFITS

SHORT-TERM BENEFITS

SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS

 20,531 
 20,049 
 9,224 
 –   
 20,531 
 3,341 

 3,986 
 13,065 
 54,272 
 36,455 

 4,327,981 
 4,267,867 
 251,954 
–
 236,217 
 19,178 

(664,294) 
 1,138,828 
 4,151,858 
 5,425,873 

 1,176,249 
 958,119 
 78,173 
–
 21,536 
 111 

 11,387,045 
 11,126,591 
 1,012,246 
 –   
 1,364,303 
 187,582 

(121,013) 
 255,702 
 1,154,945 
 1,213,932 

 1,331,493 
 3,672,287 
 15,095,087 
 14,986,460 

71%
69%
60%
0%
48%
48%

(59%)
51%

–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–

10.  Amounts reported for Mr Ford for KMP period, from 19 January 2019 to 30 June 2019.
11.  Mr Ford’s salary was adjusted on 1 March 2019 from AU$700,000 to AU$800,000.
12.  Amounts reported for Mr Young for F18 for KMP period, from 1 May 2018 to 30 June 2018.
13.  Amounts reported for Mr Foye for KMP period, from 1 July 2018 to 18 January 2019. Mr Foye was remunerated in US dollars. Amounts 

reported are converted to Australian dollars at average A$:US$ exchange rate for July to December 2018 of 0.7245.

14.	 Mr	Foye’s	remuneration	mix	was	adjusted	on	1	September	2018	from	Fixed	Remuneration	of	US$825,000	and	benefits	of	US$150,000	 

to	Fixed	Remuneration	of	US$851,000	and	long-term	assignment	benefits	of	US$150,000.

15.	 The	Non-Monetary	Benefits	for	Mr	Foye	for	F19	includes	$1,238,875	in	tax	equalisation	benefits	for	F19	under	the	terms	of	his	employment	

contract, and relate to the F16 LTIP and Restricted Equity from the F16 and F17 STIP, which vested prior to his termination.

16.	 The	Other	Payments	for	Mr	Foye	for	F19	includes	long-term	assignment	benefits	for	the	period	to	18	January	2019	which	were	paid	as	 

a	taxable	cash	allowance.	In	prior	years,	these	benefits	were	claimed	via	reimbursement	and	were	categorised	as	Non-Monetary	Benefits.	

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019  |  57  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
F19 REMUNERATION REPORT (AUDITED) (CONTINUED)

NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR REMUNERATION

4. FRAMEWORK AND OUTCOMES

This section of the report refers to the following non-executive directors.

NAME

POSITION

DATES

Non-executive directors
Current
PA Rayner
EYC Chan
WL Every-Burns
GA Hounsell
LM Shanahan
CE Jay
L Cheang

Former
MV Cheek

Chairman
Non-executive director
Non-executive director
Non-executive director
Non-executive director
Non-executive director
Non-executive director

Full year
Full year
Full year
Full year
Full year
Full year
From 1 December 2018

Non-executive director

Retired effective 18 October 2018

a) Fee pool
The current maximum aggregate fee pool of $2,500,000 per annum (inclusive of superannuation) was approved  
by shareholders at the 2016 Annual General Meeting. 

b) Non-executive director fees
The level of non-executive directors’ fees takes into account the risks and responsibilities of the role, the global reach 
and complexity of the business, director skills and experience, and market benchmark data (provided by independent 
external consultants). 

Chairman and non-executive director fees increased during F19, effective 1 April 2019, for the fourth time since  
May 2011. The increases were informed by input from the Committee’s independent remuneration advisor and awarded 
to remain competitive in the market, noting the increasing global operations, scale and complexity of the Group.

Table 4.1: F19 Non-executive director fees

BOARD/COMMITTEE

Board base fee
Audit and Risk Committee
Human Resources Committee
Nominations Committee

The above fees are inclusive of superannuation.

F19 FEES PER ANNUM  

F19 FEES PER ANNUM  

1 JULY 2018 – 31 MARCH 2019

1 APRIL 2019 – 30 JUNE 2019

CHAIRMAN 
FEE ($)

MEMBER 
FEE ($)

CHAIRMAN 
FEE ($)

MEMBER 
FEE ($)

515,000
40,000
40,000
10,0001

187,250
20,000
20,000
5,000

530,000 
45,000 
41,200 
10,0001

193,000 
22,000 
20,600 
5,000 

1. The Chairman of the Board, Mr Rayner, is also the Chairman of the Nominations Committee. He does not receive any additional fees  

for this role. 

In addition to the above fees, non-executive directors receive a wine allowance. In order to maintain independence, 
non-executive directors do not participate in the Company’s incentive plans and they do not receive retirement benefits 
other than the superannuation contributions disclosed in this report. As previously reported, travel allowances ceased 
at the end of F18 and are no longer available to directors.

58  |  TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019

 
c) Non-executive director outcomes
Details of non-executive director remuneration for F19 and F18 are provided below.

Table 4.2: F19 Non-executive director remuneration

NON-EXECUTIVE 
DIRECTOR

PA Rayner2

EYC Chan

L Cheang3

WL Every-Burns2

GA Hounsell2

CE Jay

LM Shanahan

Former
MV Cheek4

Total

YEAR

FY19
FY18
FY19
FY18
FY19
FY18
FY19
FY18
FY19
FY18
FY19
FY18
FY19
FY18

FY19
FY18
FY19
FY18

FEES 
($)

NON-MONETARY
BENEFITS1
($)

TRAVEL 
ALLOWANCE 
($)

SUPER-
ANNUATION 
($)

498,219
479,951
204,858
193,251
106,589
–
213,742
207,160
228,591
207,160
209,188
51,813
208,838
201,813

62,763
201,851
1,732,788
1,542,999

14,088
 12,234
4,000
4,000
2,000
–
6,660
 13,830
6,660
 6,660
4,000
1,000
4,000
4,000

2,000
4,000
43,409
 45,724

–
–
–
10,000
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
20,000

–
20,000
–
50,000

20,531
20,049
4,329
5,228
3,369
–
20,245
19,653
20,436
19,653
–
–
–
–

–
–
68,910
64,583

TOTAL 
($)

532,838
 512,234
213,187
212,479
111,958
–
240,647
 240,643
255,687
 233,473
213,188
52,813
212,838
225,813

64,763
225,851
1,845,107
 1,703,306

1. Includes product allocations, entertainment and Fringe Benefits Tax, where applicable. The amounts for Mr Rayner include car parking. 
2. Fringe Benefits Tax was incorrectly omitted in the F18 Remuneration Report for Mr Rayner, Mr Every-Burns and Mr Hounsell.
3. Ms Cheang commenced as non-executive director from 1 December 2018.
4. Mr Cheek ceased as non-executive director on 18 October 2018.

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019  |  59  

F19 REMUNERATION REPORT (AUDITED) (CONTINUED)

OTHER REMUNERATION INFORMATION

5. GOVERNANCE

a) Role of the Human Resources Committee (HRC)
The HRC provides assistance to the Board in relation to such matters as monitoring remuneration principles  
and frameworks, providing advice on remuneration matters, making remuneration recommendations for executives, 
approving incentive plans, and reviewing and governing remuneration policies. In addition to its remuneration 
responsibilities and together with the Board, the HRC’s duties include overseeing talent management, diversity  
and leadership development.

The Committee ensures that the Company’s policies and frameworks aid the achievement of the Group’s strategic 
objectives, provide appropriate governance, are aligned with market practice, and fulfil the Board’s responsibility  
to shareholders. During the year the Audit and Risk Committee Chair attended all HRC meetings as a Committee 
member. Also, the HRC Chair typically attends the Audit and Risk Committee meetings, providing a link between 
both Committees to assist with oversight of non-financial risk.

As outlined in Section 4 of the Corporate Governance Statement disclosed on the Company’s website  
www.tweglobal.com, the Group has procedures in place for the reporting of any matter that may give rise  
to a conflict between the interests of a director and those of the Group. In addition, the Group has adopted  
a general policy for employees in relation to the disclosure and management of potential conflicts of interest  
(see Section 4 of the Corporate Governance Statement on www.tweglobal.com).

b) Engagement of remuneration advisors
In F19, the Board and HRC engaged PwC as an independent advisor to the HRC. Potential conflicts of interest are 
considered by the HRC, and the Board and HRC are satisfied that the advice provided by PwC was free from undue 
influence. Any advice provided by remuneration consultants is used as a guide only and is not a substitute for detailed 
consideration of all relevant issues by the HRC. No remuneration recommendations, as defined by the Corporations 
Act 2001 (Cth), were provided.

c) Executive and non-executive director share ownership
Executives and non-executive directors are encouraged to have control over ordinary shares in the Company, and 
executives and non-executive directors are required to hold at least the equivalent of one year’s fixed remuneration  
or base fees. From F20, the CEO has volunteered to have control over ordinary shares equivalent to two year’s fixed 
remuneration. This is the new guideline for the CEO, which has already been met and exceeded at the date of this 
report. The guidelines are expected to be met over a reasonable period of time (approximately five years). The Group’s 
variable incentive programs contribute towards executives meeting this guideline. The Director Share Acquisition 
Plan (DSAP) allows directors to apply after-tax fees to the acquisition of the Company’s shares on a periodic basis  
at the prevailing market rate. The table below sets out KMP shareholdings.

Table 5.1: KMP shareholdings

F19

Executive
Current  
(as at 30 June 2019)
MA Clarke4
TM Ford5
MJ Young

Former
RB Foye6
Executive total

BALANCE 
AT START OF
THE YEAR1

RECEIVED 
UPON VESTING/ 
EXERCISE2

OTHER  
CHANGES 
DURING 
THE YEAR3

BALANCE  
AT END  

OF YEAR

1,159,311
52,686
16,475

239,305
1,467,777

528,984
59,973
14,067

(799,709)
(29,881)
(13,569)

888,586
82,778
16,973

17,522
620,546

(256,827) 
(1,099,986) 

–

 988,337 

60  |  TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019

Table 5.1: KMP shareholdings (continued)

F19

Non-executive directors
Current  
(as at 30 June 2019)
PA Rayner
EYC Chan
L Cheang9
WL Every-Burns
GA Hounsell
CE Jay
LM Shanahan

Former
MV Cheek10
Non-executive director total

BALANCE  
AT START OF 
THE YEAR

ACQUIRED 
DURING THE 
YEAR AS 
PART OF 
DSAP7

OTHER  
CHANGES 
DURING 
THE YEAR8

BALANCE  
AT END  

OF YEAR

250,034 
45,869
–
100,000
68,500
–
8,543

60,061
533,007

–
2,411
–
–
–
2,862
–

840
6,113

30,200
–
–
–
15,000
–
3,016

280,234
48,280
–
100,000 
83,500
2,862
11,559

(60,901)
(12,685) 

–
526,435

1.  Includes shares acquired upon exercise of F16 LTIP awards. MA Clarke’s balance includes the 659,759 exercisable Rights at the  
end of the F18 reporting period. MJ Young’s balance includes the 15,135 exercisable Rights at the end of the F18 reporting period.

2.  Includes shares acquired upon auto-exercise of F17 LTIP awards. 
3.  Includes the purchase/sale of ordinary shares during F19 and balance adjustments for executives ceasing to be a member of KMP.
4.  Mr Clarke’s share sales during F19 included shares sold to cover his Australian taxation obligations.  
5.  Mr Ford’s holding at the start of the period reflects his holding on 19 January 2019 when he became KMP.
6.  Mr Foye’s other changes includes 80,157 shares sold to cover tax liabilities, personal sale of 112,165 shares whilst KMP and 174 shares 

purchased under the Share Cellar Plan and balance adjustments for when he ceased to be a KMP.
7.  Shares acquired by directors using post-tax fees in TWE’s Director Share Acquisition Plan (DSAP).
8.  Includes the purchase/sale of ordinary shares during F19.
9.  Ms Cheang has been granted an exemption from TWE’s minimum shareholding requirement due to the extensive regulatory processes  
for securities trading that apply in relation to her role as Vice Chairman and Chief Executive of Hang Seng Bank Limited and Group 
General Manager of HSBC Holdings plc.

10.  Ceased as non-executive director as at 18 October 2018. Zero balance at the end of year represents cessation as KMP, not the sale  

of shares. 

6. FURTHER INFORMATION

a) Executive contracts
There is no fixed term for executive contracts. The Company may terminate service agreements immediately for 
cause, in which case the executive is not entitled to any payment other than the value of fixed remuneration and 
accrued leave entitlements up to the termination date. On resignation all executives are required to give six months’ 
notice. If the termination is Company initiated without cause, all executives have termination provisions of six 
months’ notice by the Company plus six months’ severance pay.

b) Other transactions with KMP and their personally related entities
The Group entered into transactions which are insignificant in amount with KMP and their related parties within 
normal employee, customer or supplier relationships on terms and conditions no more favourable than those available 
in similar arm’s length dealings which include payments of salaries and benefits and purchase of Group products.

Some directors of the Company are also directors of public companies which have transactions with the Group. The 
relevant directors do not believe they have the individual capacity to control or significantly influence the financial 
policies of those companies. The companies are therefore not considered to be related parties for the purpose of the 
disclosure requirements of the Corporations Act 2001.

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019  |  61  

 
 
F19 REMUNERATION REPORT (AUDITED) (CONTINUED)

c) Prior years’ equity arrangements
This section summarises all outstanding equity arrangements for executives, as reported in previous  
Remuneration Reports.

The below equity plans have no exercise price and the minimum total value of the grant is zero.  
The maximum value is the number of awards granted multiplied by the share price at vesting.

Table 6.1: Prior years’ restricted equity1

EXECUTIVE PLAN

INSTRUMENT 
TYPE

ALLOCATION 
DATE

NUMBER

FACE  
VALUE AT 
ALLOCATION 
DATE2,3,4
($)

FAIR  
VALUE AT 
ALLOCATION
DATE5
($)

VESTING  

DATE

MA Clarke

TM Ford

MJ Young6

F17 STIP 
(tranche 2)
F18 STIP 
(tranche 1)
F18 STIP 
(tranche 2)
F18 LTIP

2017 Share 
Cellar
2017 Share 
Cellar
2017 Share 
Cellar
F17 STIP 
(tranche 2)
F18 STIP 
(tranche 1)
F18 STIP 
(tranche 2)
F18 LTIP

2017 Share 
Cellar
2017 Share 
Cellar
2017 Share 
Cellar
F18 LTIP

F18 STIP 
(tranche 1) 
F18 STIP 
(tranche 2)

Restricted 
Shares
Restricted 
Shares
Restricted 
Shares
Performance 
Rights
Matched 
Rights
Matched 
Rights
Matched 
Rights
Restricted 
Shares
Restricted 
Shares
Restricted 
Shares
Performance 
Rights
Matched 
Rights
Matched 
Rights
Matched 
Rights
Performance 
Rights
Restricted 
Shares
Restricted 
Shares

12 September 2017

38,119

550,000

550,000 11 September 2019

14 September 2018

34,247

624,997

624,997 11 September 2019

14 September 2018

34,247

624,997

624,997 11 September 2020

13 November 2017

514,283

6,599,999

6,690,822

30 June 2020

1 September 2017

1 November 2017

26 February 2018

78

29

51

1,132

1,132

16 August 2019

453

904

453

16 August 2019

904

16 August 2019

12 September 2017

6,222

89,774

89,774 11 September 2019

14 September 2018

5,946

108,513

108,513 11 September 2019

14 September 2018

5,947

108,531

108,531 11 September 2020

13 November 2017

52,597

674,998

684,287

30 June 2020

1 September 2017

1 November 2017

26 February 2018

78

29

51

1,132

1,132

16 August 2019

453

904

453

16 August 2019

904

16 August 2019

13 November 2017

17,727

227,498

230,628

30 June 2020

14 September 2018

14 September 2018

973

973

17,757

17,757 11 September 2019

17,757

17,757 11 September 2020

1. Reports only executives who were KMP at 30 June 2019.
2. The value of STIP Deferral at allocation date is calculated on the five-day VWAP up to and including the allocation date. The F17  

and F18 STIP allocation price was $14.4285 and $18.2497 respectively. 

3. The value of F18 LTIP awards at allocation date is calculated based on the ninety-day VWAP up to and including 30 June 2017  

($12.8334 per share). The vesting schedule is provided in Table 6.2.

4. The value of matched rights is calculated based on the purchase price of the 2017 Share Cellar shares at each purchase date.
5. This LTIP value is calculated using the valuation method detailed in Note 21 of the Financial Statements. All other plans are based  

on face value.

6. MJ Young was not a participant in the 2017 Share Cellar Plan.

62  |  TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019

Table 6.2: F18 LTIP vesting schedules

Relative TSR  
vesting schedule

Relative TSR ranking

Below 50th percentile
50th to 60th percentile
60th to 75th percentile
At or above 75th percentile

ROCE baseline  
11.6% (F17)

% ROCE growth

ROCE result

Less than 2.1%
2.1% to 2.8%
At or above 2.8%

Less than 13.7%
13.7% to 14.4%
At or above 14.4%

(d) Definitions

TERM

DEFINITION

% of Performance Rights  
subject to Relative TSR  
measure which vest
0%
35–70%
70–100%
100%

% of Performance Rights  
subject to ROCE measure  
which vest
0%
35–100%
100%

Constant currency An exchange rate that eliminates the effects of exchange rate fluctuations year-on-year.

Earnings per Share 
(EPS)

NPAT excluding SGARA and material items, divided by the weighted average number of shares. 
Adjusted EPS is used to calculate performance outcomes, meaning that the Board retains the 
discretion to adjust EPS to ensure that participants are not penalised or provided with a windfall 
gain arising from matters outside of management’s control.

EBITS

Earnings before interest, tax, SGARA and material items.

Key management 
personnel (KMP)

Those persons having authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the major 
activities of the Company and the Group, directly or indirectly, including any director (whether 
executive or otherwise), as listed in the introduction to the Remuneration Report.

Phantom Shares

Units which provide the participant with a right to receive a cash payment at the vesting date, 
whereby the payment is tied to the market value of an equivalent number of TWE shares.
The amount of the payout will increase as the share price rises, and decrease if the share price 
falls, but without the participant actually receiving any TWE shares.

Relative Total 
Shareholder 
Return (TSR)

Restricted Equity

The return on investment of a company relative to a peer group of companies.

Rights or shares granted by TWE that vest upon the satisfaction of certain conditions, such as 
continued employment for a period of time or the achievement of particular performance milestones. 
The plan participant cannot deal in the equity until it vests and the restriction is lifted. 

Return on Capital 
Employed (ROCE)

EBITS divided by Capital Employed (at constant currency). Capital Employed is the sum of average 
net assets (adjusted for SGARA impact) and average net debt.

SGARA

Self-generating and regenerating assets.
The adjustment to self-generating and regenerating assets (SGARA) is excluded to reflect the fair 
value adjustment each financial year which is largely due to environmental conditions not within 
the Group’s control.

Total Shareholder 
Return (TSR)

Total return on investment of a security, taking into account both capital appreciation and distributed 
income that was reinvested.

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019  |  63  

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS 
AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2019

Revenue
Cost of sales
Gross profit

Selling expenses
Marketing expenses
Administration expenses
Other expenses
Profit before tax and finance costs

Finance income
Finance costs
Net finance costs
Profit before tax

Income tax expense
Net profit
Net profit attributable to non-controlling interests
Net profit attributable to members of Treasury Wine Estates Limited

22

Other comprehensive income
Items that may subsequently be reclassified to profit or loss
Cash flow hedges
Tax on cash flow hedges
Exchange gain/(loss) on translation of foreign operations
Other comprehensive income for the year, net of tax

Total comprehensive income for the year attributable  
to members of Treasury Wine Estates Limited 
Non-controlling interests
Total comprehensive income for the year

Earnings per share for profit attributable to  
the ordinary equity holders of the Company
Basic
Diluted

NOTE

3

2019 
$M

2,883.0
(1,660.8)
1,222.2

2018 
$M

2,496.4 
(1,435.6)
1,060.8 

(328.3)
(118.3)
(117.9)
(14.7)
643.0

47.4
(99.4)
(52.0)
591.0

(171.5)
419.5
–
419.5

(15.0)
4.4
69.2
58.6

478.1
–
478.1

(286.6)
(110.8)
(113.0)
(41.5)
508.9 

28.2 
(61.6)
(33.4)
475.5 

(115.1)
360.4
(0.1)
360.3 

–
–
59.4 
59.4

419.7 
0.1 
419.8

CENTS 
PER SHARE

CENTS 
PER SHARE

7
7

58.4
58.1

49.7
49.3

The consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income should be read in conjunction with the 
accompanying notes.

64  |  TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION
AS AT 30 JUNE 2019

Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Receivables
Inventories
Assets held for sale
Other current assets
Total current assets

Non-current assets
Inventories
Property, plant and equipment
Agricultural assets
Intangible assets
Deferred tax assets
Other non-current assets
Total non-current assets
Total assets

Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Current tax liabilities
Provisions
Other current liabilities
Total current liabilities

Non-current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Borrowings
Deferred tax liabilities
Other non-current liabilities
Total non-current liabilities
Total liabilities
Net assets

Equity
Contributed equity
Reserves
Retained earnings
Total parent entity interest
Non-controlling interests
Total equity

NOTE

2019 
$M

2018 
$M

9
9
9
13

9
10
11
12
22

9

15

9
17
22

18
20

401.8
661.3
1,024.0
78.3
3.2
2,168.6

1,068.9
1,398.7
29.4
1,163.8
152.3
18.5
3,831.6
6,000.2

724.7
95.4
45.8
19.1
885.0

56.0
1,147.7
194.1
11.3
1,409.1
2,294.1
3,706.1

3,243.8
33.8
424.4
3,702.0
4.1
3,706.1

89.4 
593.0 
1,012.3 
45.2 
1.9 
1,741.8 

952.1 
1,416.5 
41.3 
1,128.9 
154.5 
10.6 
3,703.9
5,445.7

702.9 
54.5
45.4 
6.6 
809.4

56.4
875.3 
190.8 
17.5 
1,140.0
1,949.4 
3,496.3

3,235.4 
0.4
256.2
3,492.0
4.3
3,496.3

The consolidated statement of financial position should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019  |  65  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2019

CONTRIBUTED
 EQUITY
 $M

RETAINED
EARNINGS
$M

FOREIGN
CURRENCY
TRANSLATION 
RESERVE
$M

OTHER
RESERVES
$M

TOTAL
$M

NON-
CONTROLLING
INTERESTS
$M

TOTAL
EQUITY
$M

Balance at 30 June 2017

3,528.6

99.6

(51.8)

27.9

3,604.3

4.2

3,608.5

Profit for the year
Total other comprehensive income
Total comprehensive income 
for the year

Transactions with owners  
in their capacity as owners 
directly in equity
Share based payment expense
Shares bought back and cancelled
Vested deferred shares  
and share rights
Dividends to owners  
of the Company
Balance at 30 June 2018

Profit for the year
Total other comprehensive income
Total comprehensive income 
for the year

Transactions with owners  
in their capacity as owners 
directly in equity
Share based payment expense
Vested deferred shares  
and share rights
Dividends to owners  
of the Company
Balance at 30 June 2019

–
–

–

360.3
–

360.3

–
(300.0)

6.8

–
–

–

–
3,235.4

(203.7)
256.2

–
–

–

–

1.6

419.5
–

419.5

–

–

6.8
3,243.8

(251.3)
424.4

–
59.4

59.4

–
–

–

–
7.6

–
69.2

69.2

–

–

–
76.8

–
–

–

360.3
59.4

419.7

0.1
–

360.4
59.4

0.1

419.8

18.0
–

18.0
(300.0)

(53.1)

(46.3)

–

(203.7)
(7.2) 3,492.0

–
(10.6)

419.5
58.6

(10.6)

478.1

18.9 

18.9 

(44.1)

(42.5)

– 

(244.5)
(43.0) 3,702.0

–
–

–

18.0
(300.0)

(46.3)

–
4.3

(203.7)
3,496.3

–
–

–

–

–

419.5
58.6

478.1

18.9 

(42.5)

(0.2)
4.1

(244.7)
3,706.1

The consolidated statement of changes in equity should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes. 

66  |  TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2019

Cash flows from operating activities
Receipts from customers
Payments to suppliers, governments and employees
Borrowing costs paid
Income taxes paid
Interest paid
Net cash flows from operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities
Payments for property, plant, and equipment
Payments for intangible assets
Payments for subsidiaries, investments and other assets
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment
Net cash flows used in investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities
Shares bought back and cancelled
Dividend payments
Proceeds from borrowings
Repayment of borrowings
Purchase of shares – employee equity plans
Net cash flows used in financing activities
Total cash flows from activities

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year
Effects of exchange rate changes on foreign currency cash flows and cash balances
Cash and cash equivalents at end of the year

2019
$M
INFLOWS/
(OUTFLOWS)

2018
$M
INFLOWS/
(OUTFLOWS)

NOTE

 3,689.2
(3,110.0)
(7.3)
(112.5)
(43.8)
415.6

3,263.3 
(2,845.3)
(2.6)
(93.7)
(26.7)
295.0 

(132.0)
(27.8)
(0.9)
102.5
(58.2)

–
(244.7)
707.6
(492.2)
(16.6)
(45.9)
311.5

89.4
0.9
401.8

(193.6)
(21.8)
– 
50.6 
(164.8)

(300.0)
(203.7)
482.0 
(215.3)
(42.9)
(279.9)
(149.7)

240.8
(1.7)
89.4

8

9

The consolidated statement of cash flows should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019  |  67  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:
ABOUT THIS REPORT
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2019

NOTE 1 – ABOUT THIS REPORT 

Treasury Wine Estates Limited (‘the Company’) is a for 
profit company incorporated in Australia and limited  
by shares which are publicly traded on the Australian 
Securities Exchange (ASX). The consolidated financial 
statements comprise the Company and its controlled 
entities (collectively, ‘the Group’).

The accounting policies that are critical to understanding 
the financial statements as a whole are set out in this 
section. Where an accounting policy is specific to one note, 
the policy is described in the note to which it relates. 
Further policies, including the impact of upcoming 
changes to accounting standards, are set out in note 31. 

Basis of preparation
The financial report is a general purpose financial  
report which: 

• Has been prepared in accordance with the 

requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth), 
Australian Accounting Standards and other 
authoritative pronouncements of the Australian 
Accounting Standards Board (AASB);

• Has been prepared on a historical cost basis, except  
for derivative financial instruments, agricultural 
produce and assets and liabilities acquired in a 
business combination which have been measured  
at fair value; and 

• Is presented in Australian dollars with all values 
rounded to the nearest tenth of one million dollars 
unless otherwise stated, in accordance with ASIC 
Corporations (Rounding in Financial/Directors’ 
Reports) Instrument 2016/191.

Statement of compliance
This financial report complies with Australian 
Accounting Standards and International Financial 
Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the 
International Accounting Standards Board.

Notes to the financial statements
The notes include additional information required to 
understand the financial statements that is material  
and relevant to the operations, financial position and 
performance of the Group. 

Information is considered material and relevant if the 
amount in question is significant because of its size, 
nature or incidence or it helps to explain the impact  
of significant changes in the business, for example, 
acquisitions and asset write-downs.

Line items labelled ‘other’ on the face of the consolidated 
statements comprise miscellaneous income, expenses, 
assets, liabilities or cash flows which individually or  
in aggregate are not considered material to warrant 
additional disclosures. 

Where applicable, comparative periods have been 
adjusted to disclose comparatives on the same basis  
as the current year.

The notes are organised into the following sections:

Earnings: focuses on the financial results and performance 
of the Group. It provides disclosures relating to income, 
expenses, segment information, material items and 
earnings per share.

68  |  TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019

Working capital: shows the assets and liabilities 
generated through trading activity. It provides 
information regarding working capital management  
and analysis of the elements of working capital.

Operating assets and liabilities: provides information 
regarding the physical assets and non-physical assets used 
by the Group to generate revenues and profits (including 
associated liabilities). This section also explains the 
accounting policies applied and specific judgements and 
estimates made by management in arriving at the value 
of these assets and operating liabilities. 

Capital structure: provides information about the capital 
management practices adopted by the Group – particularly 
how much capital is raised from shareholders (equity) 
and how much is borrowed from financial institutions 
(debt) in order to finance the activities of the Group both 
now and in the future.

Taxation: sets out the Group’s tax accounting policies, 
the current and deferred tax charges, a reconciliation  
of profit or loss before tax to the tax charge or credit  
and the movements in deferred tax assets and liabilities.

Risk: discusses the Group’s exposure to various financial 
risks, explains how these affect the financial position  
of the Group and what is done to manage these risks.

Group composition: explains aspects of the Group’s 
structure and business acquisitions.

Other: other required disclosures under Australian 
Accounting Standards and IFRS.

Key estimates and judgements

In preparing this financial report, the Group is required 
to make estimates, judgements and assumptions that 
affect the reported amounts in the financial statements. 

These estimates, judgements and assumptions are 
continually evaluated, and are often based on historical 
experience and assessed to be reasonable under the 
circumstances at the relevant time. Actual results may 
differ from these estimates under different assumptions 
and conditions. The areas involving a higher degree of 
judgement or complexity, or areas where assumptions 
and estimates are significant to the financial statements:

Note 3:  Revenue  
Note 9:  Working capital 
Note 11:  Agricultural assets 
Note 12:  Intangible assets 
Note 14:  Impairment of non-financial assets 
Note 22:  Income tax

Principles of consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the assets 
and liabilities of Treasury Wine Estates Limited and  
its controlled entities as a whole at year-end and the 
consolidated results and cash flows for the year. A list  
of controlled entities (subsidiaries) is provided in note 26.

An entity is regarded as a controlled entity when the 
Company is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns 
from its involvement with the entity and has the ability 
to affect those returns through power over the entity. 

NOTE 1 – ABOUT THIS REPORT (CONTINUED)

The rights of other investors to the results and equity  
of the subsidiaries (called non-controlling interests)  
are shown separately in the consolidated statement  
of profit or loss and other comprehensive income, 
consolidated statement of changes in equity and 
consolidated statement of financial position respectively.

The financial information of the subsidiaries is prepared 
for the same reporting period as the parent, using consistent 
accounting policies. Intra-group balances and transactions 
arising from intra-group transactions are eliminated.

A change in the ownership interest of a subsidiary, without 
a loss of control, is accounted for as an equity transaction.

Functional and presentation currency
The consolidated financial statements are presented in 
Australian dollars. Each entity in the Group determines its 
own functional currency and items included in the financial 
statements of each entity are measured using that 
functional currency. The major functional currencies used 
throughout the Group include Australian Dollar (AUD), 
United States Dollar (USD) and Great British Pound 
(GBP). Other currencies used include the Canadian Dollar, 
Euro, New Zealand Dollar, Singapore Dollar, Swedish 
Krona, Norwegian Krone, Chinese Renminbi and  
South African Rand.

Foreign group companies
As at the reporting date, the assets and liabilities  
of overseas subsidiaries are translated into Australian 
dollars at the rate of exchange ruling at the balance 
sheet date and the income statement is translated at  
the average exchange rates for the period. The exchange 
differences arising on the translation are recognised in 
the foreign currency translation reserve within equity.

When a foreign operation is sold, the cumulative exchange 
difference in equity for this operation is recognised in  
the consolidated statement of profit or loss and other 
comprehensive income as part of the gain and loss on sale.

Transactions and balances
Transactions in foreign currencies are initially recorded 
in the functional currency of the relevant entity at the 
exchange rates ruling at the date of the transaction. 
Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign 
currencies are subsequently translated at the rate  
of exchange ruling at the balance sheet date. 

Exchange differences arising are recognised in the 
consolidated statement of profit and loss and other 
comprehensive income, except for gains or losses arising 
on assets or liabilities that qualify for hedge accounting, 
discussed further in note 23. Tax charges and credits 
attributable to these exchange differences are also 
recognised in equity. 

Average exchange rates used in translating profit and 
loss items in F19 are:

A$1 = US$ 0.715 (F18: US$ 0.775) 
A$1 = GB£ 0.553 (F18: GB£ 0.576) 

Year-end exchange rates used in translating financial 
position items in F19 are:

A$1 = US$ 0.701 (F18: US$ 0.735) 
A$1 = GB£ 0.553 (F18: GB£ 0.562)

Fair value measurement 
The Group measures certain financial instruments, 
including derivatives, and certain non-financial assets 
such as agricultural assets, at fair value at each balance 
sheet date.

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell  
an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly 
transaction between market participants in its principal 
or most advantageous market at the measurement date. 
It is measured using the assumptions that market 
participants would use when pricing the asset or liability, 
assuming that market participants act in their economic 
best interest. A fair value measurement of a non-financial 
item assumes it is put to its highest and best use.

The Group uses valuation techniques that are appropriate 
in the circumstances and for which sufficient data  
is available to measure fair value, maximising the  
use of relevant observable inputs and minimising  
the use of unobservable inputs.

Accounting standards prescribe a fair value hierarchy, 
described as follows, based on the lowest level input that 
is significant to the fair value measurement as a whole:

Level 1 – Quoted (unadjusted) market prices in active 
markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2 – Valuation techniques for which the lowest level 
input that is significant to the fair value measurement  
is directly (i.e. as prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived by 
prices) observable.

Level 3 – Valuation techniques for which the lowest level 
input that is significant to the fair value measurement  
is unobservable.

Subsequent events
Since the end of the financial year, the Directors 
declared a final 100% franked dividend of 20.0 cents  
per share. This dividend has not been recognised  
as a liability in the consolidated financial statements  
at 30 June 2019. 

On 27 July 2019 the Group acquired production and 
vineyard assets in the Bordeaux region of France which 
will allow the Group to expand its French country-of-
origin portfolio, centred on the Penfolds, Beaulieu 
Vineyard and Maison de Grande Esprit brands. 

On 15 August 2019 the Group announced an expansion of 
Luxury winemaking assets in Australia with a significant 
investment in the Bilyara winery site in South Australia. 
This project will support the continued growth of the 
Australian Luxury portfolio and will increase wine 
making capacity, drive production efficiency and increase 
wine storage facilities. The investment includes an 
additional production line, processing infrastructure  
and the construction of additional barrel storage facilities, 
increasing production and storage capacity. Total capital 
investment is expected to be between $150 million and 
$180 million and will be incurred over the course of  
F20 and F21. In addition, one-off costs of approximately 
$35 million are expected to be incurred in F20.

The Directors are not aware of any other matters or 
circumstances that have arisen since the end of the 
financial year which have significantly affected or  
may significantly affect the operations of the Group,  
the results of those operations or the state of affairs  
of the Group in subsequent financial years. 

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019  |  69  

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:
EARNINGS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2019

NOTE 2 – SEGMENT INFORMATION

Segment accounting policies

Segment assets and liabilities
Segment assets and liabilities represent those working 
capital and non-current assets and liabilities which  
are located in the respective segments. Cash is not 
considered to be a segment asset as it is managed by  
the Group’s centralised treasury function. Consistent 
with the use of EBITS for measuring profit, tax assets 
and liabilities, which do not contribute towards EBITS, 
are not allocated to operating segments.

Intersegment transactions
The price of an intersegment transaction is set at  
an arm’s length basis. Whilst these transactions are 
eliminated on consolidation, they are shown within  
the segment revenue and EBITS to properly reflect the 
segment of origin performance, including production.

Corporate charges
Unallocated corporate charges are reported in the 
Corporate/unallocated segment. Net finance costs are 
not allocated to segments as the Group’s financing 
function is centralised through its treasury function.

Segment loans payable and loans receivable
Segment loans are initially recognised at the amount 
transferred. Intersegment loans receivable and payable 
that earn or incur non-market interest are adjusted  
to fair value based on market interest rates.

Other
If items of revenue and expense are not allocated to 
operating segments, then any associated assets and 
liabilities are not allocated to segments either.

The Group’s segments
The Group reports segment information on the same 
basis as its internal management reporting structure 
and consistent with the information used to organise  
and manage the Group.

The reportable segments are based on the aggregation  
of operating segments determined by the similarity of the 
nature of products, the production process, the types of 
customers and the methods used to distribute the products. 

The identified reportable segments in the Group  
are below:

(i)  Australia and New Zealand (ANZ)

This segment is responsible for the manufacture, 
sale and marketing of wine within Australia and 
New Zealand. The segment also distributed beer  
and cider under licence in New Zealand until  
August 2017.

(ii)  Americas 

This segment is responsible for the manufacture, 
sale and marketing of wine within North America 
and Latin America.

(iii) Asia

This segment is responsible for the sale and 
marketing of wine within Asia (including the  
Middle East and Africa).

(iv)  Europe

This segment is responsible for the manufacture, 
sale and marketing of wine within Europe.

Presentation of segment results

Management EBITS
The principal profit metric for internal management 
reporting is Management earnings before interest,  
tax, SGARA and material items (EBITS). Corporate 
charges are allocated to each segment on a proportionate 
basis linked to segment revenue, head count or other 
appropriate driver depending on the nature of the charge.

70  |  TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019

NOTE 2 – SEGMENT INFORMATION (CONTINUED)

2019

Total revenue 
comprises:

Net sales revenue
Other revenue
Intersegment 
revenue

Total segment 
revenue (excl other 
income/interest)

ANZ 
$M 

AMERICAS
$M

ASIA
$M

EUROPE 
$M

INTERSEGMENT
ELIMINATION
$M

TOTAL 
SEGMENT
$M

UNALLOCATED/
CORPORATE
$M

CONSOLIDATED 
$M

602.3
32.7

1,134.4 748.9
1.1

15.3

346.0
2.1

– 
– 

2,831.6
51.2

347.5

45.8

0.3

35.5

(429.1)

–

– 
0.2 

– 

2,831.6
51.4

–

982.5

1,195.5 750.3

383.6

(429.1)

2,882.8

0.2

2,883.0

Management 
EBITS
SGARA gain/(loss)
Material items

156.5
(9.8)
–

Management EBIT 146.7
Net finance costs
Consolidated 
profit before tax

218.7 293.5
–
(10.2)
–
–

208.5 293.5

51.4
0.3
–

51.7

(38.4)

(44.6)

(0.9)

(1.8)

(0.6)
–

(2.4)
78.3

–
–

(0.9)
–

63.5

50.7

2.1

0.9

Depreciation of 
property, plant  
and equipment
Amortisation of 
intangible assets
Assets held for sale
Capital 
expenditure
Segment assets  
(excl intersegment 
assets)
Segment liabilities 
(excl intersegment 
liabilities)

– 
– 
– 

–

– 

– 
– 

– 

720.1
(19.7)
–

700.4

(85.7)

(3.9)
78.3

117.2

(57.4) 
–
– 

(57.4)

(3.5)

(9.9)
– 

35.2

662.7
(19.7)
–

643.0
(52.0)

591.0 

(89.2)

(13.8)
78.3

152.4

2,286.2

2,487.6 228.3

357.5

– 

5,359.6

640.6

6,000.2

(273.1)

(421.7) (51.8)

(92.8)

– 

(839.4)

(1,454.7)

(2,294.1)

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019  |  71  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:
EARNINGS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2019

NOTE 2 – SEGMENT INFORMATION (CONTINUED)

ANZ 
$M

AMERICAS 
$M

ASIA
$M 

EUROPE
$M 

INTERSEGMENT
ELIMINATION
$M 

TOTAL 
SEGMENT
$M 

UNALLOCATED/
CORPORATE
$M 

CONSOLIDATED
$M

598.7 
57.0 

961.8  547.6 
– 

7.2 

320.9 
0.9 

– 
– 

2,429.0 
65.1 

299.3 

50.2 

0.3 

37.5

(387.3)

– 

– 
2.3 

– 

2,429.0 
67.4 

– 

955.0 

1,019.2  547.9 

359.3 

(387.3)

2,494.1 

2.3 

2,496.4 

136.1 
7.5 
– 

193.0  205.2 
– 
(21.6)
– 
(3.1)

49.5 
(1.0)
(3.1)

Management EBIT 143.6 
Net finance costs
Consolidated 
profit before tax

168.3  205.2 

45.4 

(38.6) 

(41.1) 

(0.5) 

(2.0)

(1.0)
29.1 

(0.8) 
16.1 

– 
– 

(0.1) 
– 

107.6 

97.2 

1.7 

1.9 

– 
– 
– 

– 

– 

– 
– 

– 

583.8 
(15.1)
(6.2)

562.5 

(82.2)

(1.9) 
45.2 

(53.6)
– 
– 

(53.6)

(3.5) 

(9.9) 
– 

530.2 
(15.1)
(6.2)

508.9 
(33.4)

475.5 

(85.7) 

(11.8) 
45.2 

208.4 

12.4 

220.8 

2,212.6 

2,362.9  192.6 

329.6 

– 

5,097.7 

348.0 

5,445.7 

(269.3)

(401.1) (57.9)

(87.5) 

– 

(815.8) 

(1,133.6) 

(1,949.4) 

2018

Total revenue 
comprises:

Net sales revenue
Other revenue
Intersegment 
revenue

Total segment 
revenue (excl other 
income/interest)

Management 
EBITS
SGARA gain/(loss)
Material items

Depreciation of 
property, plant  
and equipment
Amortisation of 
intangible assets
Assets held for sale
Capital 
expenditure
Segment assets  
(excl intersegment 
assets)
Segment liabilities 
(excl intersegment 
liabilities)

72  |  TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019
72  |  TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 2 – SEGMENT INFORMATION (CONTINUED)

Geographical segments
The presentation of geographical net sales revenue is based on the location of the selling entity. 

Australia
United States of America
United Kingdom
Other geographical locations1
Total

NET SALES REVENUE

2019 
$M

1,295.7
1,147.3
298.1
90.5
2,831.6

2018 
$M

1,053.4
990.1
279.5
106.0
2,429.0

1. Other than Australia, United States of America and the United Kingdom, sales in other countries are individually less than 10% of the 

Group’s net sales revenue.

The presentation of non-current assets is based on the geographical location of the assets.

Australia
United States of America
United Kingdom
Other geographical locations
Total geographical non-current assets
Other non-current assets2
Consolidated non-current assets

2. Other non-current assets include financial derivative assets and deferred tax assets.

NOTE 3 – REVENUE 

Revenue
Net sales revenue1
Other revenue
Total revenue

NON-CURRENT ASSETS

2019 
$M

2018 
$M

1,629.0
1,776.8
151.4
109.4
3,666.6
165.0
3,831.6

1,567.0
1,716.6
137.9
121.7
3,543.2
160.7
3,703.9

2019 
$M

2018 
$M

2,831.6
51.4
2,883.0

2,429.0 
67.4 
2,496.4 

1. Net sales revenue is net of trade discounts and volume rebates.

On 1 July 2018 the Group adopted AASB 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers utilising the cumulative effect 
method. Under this method, the comparative information is not restated. The standard did not have a significant 
impact on the consolidated financial statements.

Net sales revenue – types of products
The Group generates revenue through the sale of branded wines, principally as a finished, bottled product. The 
Group’s wine portfolio includes some of the world’s leading Luxury, Masstige and Commercial wine brands such as 
Penfolds, Beringer, Lindeman’s, Wolf Blass, 19 Crimes, Chateau St Jean, Beaulieu Vineyard and Sterling Vineyards. 

The Group distributes wine to a range of customers across the world, with routes to market tailored by country. 
Depending on the geography, wine is sold to distributors (who tend to be exclusive and stock a whole portfolio), 
wholesalers (who choose which brands they would like to order from the portfolio), direct to national retail chains, 
independent retailers and on premise outlets. The Group also has some sales direct to the consumer.

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019  |  73  

 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:
EARNINGS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2019

NOTE 3 – REVENUE (CONTINUED) 

Other revenue – types of services
The Group also provides contract bottling services to third parties. Until August 2017, the Group also distributed  
beer and cider under licence in New Zealand.

Sales approach
For F19, the Group has one major customer in the Americas whose revenues represent 9.6% (F18: 10.4%) of reported 
net sales revenue, and one major customer in Australia whose revenue represents 7.1% (F18: 8.7%) of reported net 
sales revenue. 

Financing components 
The Group does not have any contracts where the period between the transfer of the promised product or services  
to the customer and by the customer exceeds one year. Consequently, the Group does not adjust any of the transaction 
prices for the time value of money. 

Accounting policies
Revenue is measured based on the consideration specified in a contract with a customer and excludes amounts 
collected on behalf of third parties. The Group’s contracts with customers generally include one performance 
obligation. Revenue from the sale of products or services is recognised at the point in time when control over a 
product or service is transferred to the customer, generally on delivery. The Group recognises revenue when it 
transfers control over a product or service to a customer. Revenue is recorded net of sales discounts and rebates, 
duties and taxes. Payment terms vary by customer. The following specific criteria are also applied:

Wine
Revenue is recognised in a manner that depicts transfer of control of goods to customers at the amount that reflects 
consideration the business expects to be entitled to in exchange for those goods. Sales to national retail chains, 
domestic distributors, independent retailers and on premise outlets are usually recognised when goods are delivered. 
Sales to international customers are recognised based on the international commercial terms the goods are shipped 
under, but typically when goods are despatched. This is also the case for some national retail chains that manage 
their own distribution networks.

Bottling services
Revenue is recognised when the relevant service has been completed.

Key estimate and judgement:

Trade discounts and volume rebates
Products are often sold with volume discounts and other rebates. Sales are recorded based on the consideration 
specified in the sales contracts or terms, net of the estimated discount or rebate at the time of sale. These discounts  
or rebates are considered variable consideration and are accounted for in determining the transaction price of a 
contract. The method used by the Group to estimate discounts and rebates is the most likely amount. Accumulated 
experience is used to estimate and provide for the discounts and rebates based on anticipated purchases.

74  |  TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019
74  |  TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019

NOTE 4 – OTHER EARNINGS DISCLOSURES 

Rental expense relating to operating leases
Net foreign exchange (losses)
Salaries and wages expense
Share based payments expense
Insurance and other income

Other gains and losses
Restructuring and redundancy expense
(Write-down)/reversal of write-down of assets
Net profit on disposal of non-current assets
Total other gains and losses 

Accounting policies

2019
$M

(100.5)
(1.7)
(412.4)
(18.9)
8.5

(24.1)
(8.8)
25.9
(7.0)

2018
$M

(87.0)
(1.3) 
(385.1)
(18.0)
5.3 

(6.4)
1.8 
1.8 
(2.8)

Operating leases
Operating lease payments are recognised as an expense in the consolidated statement of profit or loss and other 
comprehensive income on a straight-line basis over the lease term. The Group’s policy on how to determine the nature 
of a lease is set out in note 19.

Employee benefits
Employee benefits include wages, salaries, annual leave, bonuses, non-monetary benefits and share based  
payment expenses. Further details of Group policy on measuring employee benefits are set out in note 15.

Superannuation
Employees are members of defined contribution superannuation schemes. Superannuation contributions are 
recognised as an expense when they are due and payable.

Property, plant and equipment income
Revenue from the sale of property, plant and equipment is recognised when an executed contract becomes unconditional.

Other income
Revenue is recognised on an accruals basis in accordance with the substance of the relevant agreements.

Insurance income
Revenue is recognised when recovery is virtually certain.

NOTE 5 – MATERIAL ITEMS 

The following individually material items are included within the consolidated statement of profit or loss and other 
comprehensive income. There are no material items for F19.

Individually material items included in profit before income tax:
Restructuring and redundancy costs1
Reversal of write-down/(write-down) of assets2
Total material items (before tax)
Tax effect of material items
Total material items (after tax)

2019
$M

–
–
–
–
–

2018
$M

(5.2)
(1.0)
(6.2)
1.6
(4.6)

1. In F18, comprises costs associated with integrating businesses acquired. 
2. In F18, includes write-down/disposal of various assets associated with business integration activities.

Material items
Material items are defined as those items of income or expense which have been determined as being sufficiently 
significant by their size, nature or incidence and are disclosed separately to assist in understanding the Group’s 
financial performance.

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019  |  75  

 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:
EARNINGS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2019

NOTE 6 – DIVIDENDS

Dividends declared and paid on ordinary shares
Final dividend for F18 of 17.0 cents per share 100% franked (F17: 13.0 cents per share) 
Interim dividend for F19 of 18.0 cents per share 100% franked (F18: 15.0 cents per share)1

Dividends declared after balance date
Since the end of the financial year, the Directors declared a final dividend of 20.0 cents  
per share (F18: 17.0 cents) 100% franked (F18: 100% franked). This dividend has not  
been recognised as a liability in the consolidated financial statements at year-end.

2019
$M

122.2
129.1
251.3

2018
$M

96.0
107.7
203.7

143.8

122.2

1. The F19 interim dividend includes an amount of $6.8 million for shares issued under the Dividend Reinvestment Plan.

Details in relation to franking credits are included in note 22.

NOTE 7 – EARNINGS PER SHARE

Basic EPS
Basic EPS (cents) based on net profit attributable to members of Treasury Wine Estates Limited
Diluted EPS
Diluted EPS (cents) based on net profit attributable to members of Treasury Wine Estates Limited

Weighted average number of shares
Weighted average number of ordinary shares on issue used in the calculation  
of basic EPS (in thousands)
Effect of potentially dilutive securities
Deferred shares (in thousands)
Weighted average number of ordinary shares on issue used in the calculation  
of diluted EPS (in thousands)

Earnings reconciliation
Basic and diluted EPS

Net profit
Net profit attributable to non-controlling interests
Net profit attributable to members of Treasury Wine Estates Limited  
used in calculating basic and diluted EPS

2019
CENTS PER
SHARE

2018
CENTS PER
SHARE

58.4 

58.1 

49.7 

49.3 

NUMBER

NUMBER

718,419

725,652 

3,516

4,864 

721,935

730,516 

$M

419.5
–

419.5

$M

360.4 
(0.1)

360.3 

76  |  TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019
76  |  TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 7 – EARNINGS PER SHARE (CONTINUED)

Impact of US tax reform
In F18, the US Government passed the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (‘the Act’) which reduced the US Federal corporate tax 
rate from 35% to 21% effective from 1 January 2018. In F18, the Group recognised a one-off benefit of $20.9 million 
arising due to the restatement of its net deferred tax liability in respect of its US operations. Excluding the one-off  
tax benefit, basic earnings per share in F18 would have been 46.8 cents per share, and diluted earnings per share  
in F18 would have been 46.5 cents per share. Basic earnings per share in F18 (adjusted to exclude SGARA and 
material items) would have been 48.9 cents per share.

Calculation of earnings per share
Earnings per share (EPS) is the amount of post-tax profit attributable to each share.

Basic EPS is calculated by dividing the net profit after income tax attributable to ordinary shareholders by the 
weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year.

Diluted EPS is determined by dividing the profit attributable to ordinary shareholders after tax by the weighted 
average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the period, adjusted for the effects of dilutive potential 
ordinary shares in the employee Long-term Incentive Plan and Restricted Equity Plan (see note 21).

NOTE 8 – NET CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

Reconciliation of net cash flows from operating activities to profit after income tax

Profit for the year
Depreciation and amortisation
SGARA loss
Write-down/(reversal of write-down) of assets
Net profit on disposal of non-current assets
Share based payments expense
Other

Net cash provided by operating activities before change in assets and liabilities

Change in working capital and tax balances, net of effects  
from acquisition/disposal of controlled entities

Receivables
Inventories
Derivative financial assets/liabilities
Payables
Net tax balances
Provisions

Net cash flows from operating activities

2019
$M

2018
$M

419.5
103.0
19.7
8.8
(25.9)
18.9
(3.6)
540.4

(70.3)
(120.2)
(2.3)
7.2
59.0
1.8
415.6

360.4
97.5
15.1
(1.8)
(1.8)
18.0
0.9
488.3

17.0
(221.7)
(2.2)
7.6
21.4
(15.4)
295.0

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019  |  77  

 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:
WORKING CAPITAL
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2019

NOTE 9 – WORKING CAPITAL

Current
Cash and cash equivalents
Receivables (a)
Inventories (b)
Trade and other payables
Total current

Non-current
Inventories (b)
Trade and other payables
Total non-current

(a) Receivables 

Current
Trade receivables
Allowance for expected credit loss
Other receivables
Prepayments 
Total current receivables

(b) Inventories 

Current
Raw materials and stores
Work in progress
Finished goods
Total current inventories

Non-current
Work in progress
Finished goods
Total non-current inventories

Total inventories

2019
$M

2018
$M

401.8
661.3
1,024.0
(724.7)
1,362.4

1,068.9
(56.0)
1,012.9

2019
$M

545.8
(2.6)
91.4
26.7
661.3

89.4 
593.0 
1,012.3 
(702.9)
991.8 

952.1 
(56.4)
895.7 

2018
$M

469.2 
(1.7)
94.1 
31.4 
593.0 

2019
$M

2018
$M

60.7
438.1
525.2
1,024.0

853.3
215.6
1,068.9

42.4 
402.0 
567.9 
1,012.3 

793.6 
158.5 
952.1 

2,092.9

1,964.4 

Inventories of wine stocks are classified between current and non-current based on sales projections for the ensuing 
year. Inventories recognised as an expense during the year and included in cost of sales amounted to $1,571.8 million 
(F18: $1,392.0 million). In F19, the write-down of inventories to net realisable value amounted to $15.4 million  
(F18: $10.7 million). The reversal of write-downs amounted to $12.2 million (F18: $11.9 million). These amounts  
are included in cost of sales.

78  |  TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 9 – WORKING CAPITAL (CONTINUED)

Accounting policies

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on hand, deposits held at call with banks, cash in transit, short-term 
deposits and investments with maturities of three months or less.

Cash assets and cash liabilities are offset and presented as a net amount in the consolidated statement of financial 
position when the Group has a legally enforceable right to offset or intent to settle on a net basis.

For the purposes of the consolidated statement of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents are disclosed net  
of outstanding bank overdrafts.

Receivables
Trade receivables are initially recognised at invoice value (fair value) and subsequently measured at amortised  
cost, less an allowance for expected credit losses.

Credit terms are generally between 30 – 120 days depending on the nature of the transaction. Expected credit losses  
are calculated by utilising a provision matrix where loss rates are calculated based on days past due for groupings  
of various customer segments that have similar loss patterns (for example geography, product type and rating).  
The provision matrix is initially determined by the Group’s historical observed loss rates and will be calibrated  
for forward looking information. Loss rates will be updated at each reporting date based on changes in observed 
default rates and changes in forward looking information. 

Inventories
Inventories are valued at the lower of their cost (using average or FIFO basis) or estimated net realisable value. 

The cost of raw materials is their purchase price or, in the case of grapes sourced from Group owned vineyards,  
fair value (see note 11 for further details). The cost of manufactured goods is determined on a consistent basis  
and is made up of the raw materials and direct labour used in manufacture. It also includes other direct costs  
and related production overheads based on normal operating capacity.

Net realisable value represents the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business less estimated costs  
of completion and estimated costs to be incurred in marketing, selling and distribution.

Trade and other payables
Trade and other payables including accruals are recorded when the Group is required to make future payments  
as a result of purchases of goods or services. Trade and other payables are carried at amortised cost.

Key estimates and judgements:

Trade discounts and volume rebates
Key estimates relate to the amount accrued for discounts and rebates. Products are often sold with trade discounts 
and volume rebates. Sales are recorded based on the price specified in the sales contracts or terms, net of the 
estimated discount or rebate at the time of sale. Accumulated experience is used to estimate and provide for the 
discounts and rebates based on anticipated purchases and depletions.

Net realisable value of inventory
The period over which some wine inventories are converted from raw materials to finished goods can be a significant 
length of time. Failure to forecast demand effectively may result in excess inventories or missed revenue opportunities. 

Forecast demand and market prices can vary significantly over the holding period up to the likely date of sale. 
Estimating the most likely conditions at the expected point of sale is therefore more challenging over the longer term. 
Non-current inventory is $1,068.9 million (F18: $952.1 million) and its estimated selling price is therefore a key estimate.

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019  |  79  

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS: 
OPERATING ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2019

NOTE 10 – PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

LAND 

FREEHOLD 
BUILDINGS 

LEASEHOLD 
BUILDINGS 

PLANT AND 
EQUIPMENT 

TOTAL 

2019
$M

2018
$M

383.5 
– 

392.8 
– 

2019
$M

496.4
– 

2018
$M

470.7 
– 

2019
$M

81.8 
– 

2018
$M

72.0 
– 

2019
$M

2018
$M

2019
$M

2018
$M

1,828.1  1,712.0 
141.2 

82.1 

2,789.8  2,647.5 
141.2 

82.1 

(41.6)

(37.5)

(246.0)

(228.3)

(30.7)

(24.6)

(1,154.9) (1,081.8)

(1,473.2) (1,372.2)

341.9 

355.3 

250.4 

242.4 

51.1 

47.4 

755.3 

771.4 

1,398.7  1,416.5 

355.3 
14.2 

329.8 
21.2 

242.4 
16.2 

214.3 
28.1 

47.4 
8.4 

45.4 
5.0 

771.4 
81.6 

739.0 
144.7 

1,416.5  1,328.5 
199.0 

120.4 

(14.0)
(23.5) 

(3.2)
– 

– 
– 

– 
–

(5.4) 
(0.8) 

– 
(8.7)

2.6
– 

– 
(8.0)

(0.3) 
–

–
(6.6)

0.5 
(0.2) 

(0.1)
(5.0)

(17.5)
(27.5)

0.3
(73.9)

(40.2)
(17.9)

1.9
(72.7)

(37.2)
(51.8)

0.3
(89.2)

(40.3)
(18.1)

1.8
(85.7)

9.9 

7.5

6.7 

5.4

2.2 

1.8

20.9 

16.6

39.7 

31.3

341.9 

355.3 

250.4 

242.4 

51.1 

47.4 

755.3 

771.4 

1,398.7  1,416.5 

Cost
Projects in Progress 
Accumulated 
depreciation  
and impairment
Carrying amount  
at end of year

Reconciliations
Carrying amount  
at start of year
Additions
(Transfer to)/from 
Assets held for sale
Disposals
(Write-downs)/ 
write-downs reversal
Depreciation expense
Foreign currency 
translation
Carrying amount  
at end of year

Included within plant and equipment are ‘Projects in progress’ of $82.1 million (F18: $141.2 million), which are  
assets under construction and therefore not yet depreciated. The cost of construction includes the cost of materials 
used in construction, direct labour on the project, and an allocation of overheads. 

The Group recognised nil write-downs (F18: $0.7 million) for property, plant and equipment during the year.

80  |  TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 10 – PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT (CONTINUED)

Accounting policies
Property, plant and equipment is initially recorded at cost and then reduced by accumulated depreciation and any 
impairment losses.

Plant and equipment is depreciated so that the assets are written down to their residual value over their useful lives, 
using a reducing balance or straight-line method depending on the nature of the asset. Assets that relate to leases  
are written-off over the period of the lease or useful life, whichever is the shorter. Residual values, useful lives and 
amortisation methods are reviewed annually and adjusted when required.

Depreciation expense is included in ‘costs of sales’, ‘selling expenses’ and ‘administration expenses’ in the consolidated 
statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income.

The depreciation rates used for each class of asset are as follows:

Freehold buildings 
Leasehold buildings 
Plant and equipment  

1.5% – 10.0% 
10.0% – 20.0% 
3.3% – 40.0%

Costs incurred in maintaining agricultural assets are recognised as an expense as incurred.

Derecognition and disposal
When an asset is sold, scrapped or is no longer of use to the business it is derecognised. Any gain or loss arising on 
derecognition of the asset (calculated as the difference between the net proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset) 
is recorded in the period the asset is derecognised in the consolidated statement of profit or loss and other 
comprehensive income.

Vineyard resources

Australia
New Zealand
United States
Italy

2019
HECTARES

2018
HECTARES

8,651
498
3,728
148
13,025

8,607
492
3,894
148
13,141

The area under vine shown above: 

• Includes 3,317 hectares (F18: 3,146 hectares) under lease arrangements and 7 hectares (F18: 7 hectares)  

of olive groves in Tuscany, a region of Italy.

• Yielded 94,292 tonnes of grapes (F18: 91,128 tonnes). 

Harvests generally occur in September – October in the Northern Hemisphere and February – May in the  
Southern Hemisphere.

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019  |  81  

 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:
OPERATING ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2019

NOTE 11 – AGRICULTURAL ASSETS

Agricultural assets
Total agricultural assets

Reconciliations
Carrying amount at start of year
Fair value increase
Transfers to inventory
Foreign currency translation
Carrying amount at end of year

2019
$M

29.4
29.4

41.3
29.4
(41.9)
0.6
29.4

2018
$M

41.3
41.3

37.7
41.3
(38.9)
1.2
41.3

Grape growing and sourcing
The Group has a variety of sources of fruit including owned and leased vineyards, contracted growers and the bulk 
wine market. 

This approach provides flexibility through the economic cycle and assists with managing the risks arising from 
agricultural factors beyond the Group’s control such as pests, disease and extreme weather conditions. 

The Group’s owned vineyards ensure access to super premium fruit from key viticultural regions including the 
Barossa Valley and Coonawarra in Australia, Marlborough in New Zealand and the Napa and Sonoma Valleys  
in California. These vineyards contribute to some of the Group’s most prestigious wines. 

Accounting policies
The agricultural assets of the Group (i.e. grapes) are measured at their fair value, less estimated point of sale costs.

The fair value adjustment during the year is recognised within ‘Other expenses’ in the consolidated statement  
of profit or loss and other comprehensive income.

Harvested grapes are transferred to inventory initially at fair value and are then subsequently accounted for in the 
cost of inventory (see note 9).

Fair value determination
The valuations of agricultural assets are Level 2 fair value measurements under the Group’s accounting policy  
(see note 1), with the principal inputs being:

Grapes prior to harvest
Estimated based on the expected yields per hectare, estimated harvest costs and the anticipated market price of grapes.

Harvested grapes
Determined by reference to the weighted district average of grape prices for each region for the current vintage.  
Prices vary with the grade quality of grapes produced in each particular region.

Key estimate and judgement:

Fair value of grapes
Key to estimating the value of grapes is the following: 

• Yield estimates were higher/(lower);

• The estimated harvest costs were lower/(higher);

• Market prices for grapes were higher/(lower); or

• The quality of grapes was higher/(lower).

82  |  TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019
82  |  TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019

 
NOTE 12 – INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Cost
Projects in progress at cost
Accumulated amortisation  
and impairment
Carrying amount at end of year

Reconciliations
Carrying amount at start of year
Additions
(Transfers to)/from assets held for sale
Amortisation expense
Foreign currency translation
Carrying amount at end of year

BRAND NAMES
AND LICENCES

2019
$M

2018
$M

1,446.3  1,418.0
–

– 

IT 
DEVELOPMENT
COSTS

GOODWILL

TOTAL

2019
$M

94.2
44.3

2018
$M

85.1
20.6

2019
$M

754.7 
– 

2018
$M

749.7
–

2019
$M

2018
$M

2,295.2 2,252.8
20.6

44.3 

(499.2)
947.1 

(480.2)
937.8

(55.8)
82.7 

(43.7)
62.0

(620.7)
134.0 

(620.6)
129.1

(1,175.7) (1,144.5)
1,163.8  1,128.9

937.8 
– 
(11.7) 
(1.8) 
22.8 
947.1 

918.2
0.4
–
–
19.2
937.8

62.0 
32.0 
– 
(12.0)
0.7 
82.7 

51.2
21.4
–
(11.8)
1.2
62.0

129.1
– 
– 
– 
4.9 
134.0 

126.4
–
–
–
2.7
129.1

1,128.9 1,095.8
21.8
–
(11.8)
23.1
1,163.8  1,128.9

32.0 
(11.7) 
(13.8)
28.4 

Goodwill is allocated to the Cash Generating Units (CGUs) or group of CGUs (see note 14 for further details)  
that are expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination. The allocation of intangible assets (other than  
IT development costs) is as follows:

ANZ

2018
$M

37.0 
(1.2)
35.8 

2019
$M

35.8
1.4
37.2 

AMERICAS

EUROPE

TOTAL

2019
$M

2018
$M

2019
$M

2018
$M

2019
$M

2018
$M

73.7 
3.2 
76.9 

70.7 
3.0
73.7 

19.6 
0.3 
19.9 

18.7 
0.9
19.6 

129.1 
4.9 
134.0 

126.4 
2.7
129.1 

481.4 
– 
(0.8)
–
0.2
480.8 

481.2 
0.4 
–
–
(0.2) 
481.4 

453.2 
– 
(1.0)
(11.7)
22.4 
462.9 

434.0 
– 
–
–
19.2
453.2 

3.2 
– 
–
–
0.2 
3.4 

3.0 
– 
–
–
0.2 
3.2 

937.8 
– 
(1.8)
(11.7)
22.8 
947.1 

918.2 
0.4 
–
–
19.2
937.8 

Goodwill
Carrying amount at start of year
Foreign currency translation
Carrying amount at end of year

Brand names and licences
Carrying amount at start of year
Additions
Amortisation expense
(Transfers to)/from assets held for sale
Foreign currency translation
Carrying amount at end of year

Key estimate and judgement:

Useful life of brand names
In assessing whether a brand has a finite or indefinite useful life, the Group makes use of information on the long-term 
strategy for the brand, the level of growth or decline of the markets that the brand operates in, the history of the market 
and the brand’s position within that market. 

If a brand is assessed to have a finite life, the Group will use judgement in determining the useful life of the brand 
including the period over which expected cash flows will continue to be derived in making that decision.

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019  |  83  

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:
OPERATING ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2019

NOTE 12 – INTANGIBLE ASSETS (CONTINUED)

Accounting policies

Brand names and licences
Brand names are recognised as assets when purchased individually and (primarily) as part of the allocation of the 
purchase price when the Group acquires other businesses. Internally generated brand names are not capitalised  
and expenditure incurred in developing, maintaining or enhancing brand names is charged to profit or loss  
in the year incurred.

Brand names are initially recognised at cost when purchased individually and at fair value when acquired with  
a business. This fair value is determined by reference to independent valuations.

Following initial recognition, intangible assets are carried at cost less any accumulated amortisation and any 
accumulated impairment losses. 

Goodwill
Goodwill arises on the acquisition of businesses and represents the difference between the purchase price and share  
of the net assets of the acquired business, recorded at fair value. 

Following initial recognition, goodwill is measured at cost less any accumulated impairment losses. Goodwill is not 
amortised but is tested for impairment at least annually (see note 14).

IT development and software
Costs incurred in developing information technology (IT) products or systems and costs incurred in acquiring 
software and multi-year licenses are capitalised as intangible IT assets. They include the cost of purchased software 
and internal labour and contractors used in the development of software. 

IT assets are carried at cost less any accumulated amortisation and are amortised over their expected useful life  
(2-10 years) on a straight line basis. Amortisation is included in ‘Other expenses’ in the consolidated statement  
of profit or loss and other comprehensive income.

NOTE 13 – ASSETS AND DISPOSAL GROUPS HELD FOR SALE

Assets and disposal groups held for sale
Total assets and disposal groups classified as held for sale

2019
$M

78.3
78.3 

2018
$M

45.2
45.2

Assets held for sale comprise property, plant and equipment and related deferred tax assets and liabilities identified 
by the Group to be recovered through sale.

In F19, management committed to a plan to sell a wine making facility, including its related property, plant and 
equipment, inventory and intangible assets within America. Accordingly that facility has been presented as a disposal 
group held for sale. 

Impairment losses relating to the disposal group
Impairment losses of $6.3 million for the write down of the disposal group to the lower of its carrying amount and its 
fair value less costs to sell have been included in ‘other expenses’ in the consolidated statement of profit or loss and 
other comprehensive income. Refer to note 4 for other earnings disclosures. 

Accounting policies
Non-current assets are classified as held for sale if their value will be recovered principally through their sale, rather 
than through ongoing use within the business.

Assets are not depreciated or amortised while they are classified as held for sale. They are valued at the lower of  
their carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell with an impairment loss recognised for any difference. A gain  
is recognised for any subsequent increase in value, but not in excess of any cumulative impairment loss previously 
recognised. Any gain or loss not previously recognised by the date of the sale of the non-current asset is recognised  
at that point. The fair values of the assets based on independent market appraisals exceed the assets’ carrying values.

84  |  TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019
84  |  TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019

 
NOTE 14 – IMPAIRMENT OF NON-FINANCIAL ASSETS

In F19 the recoverable amounts of cash generating units (CGUs) exceed their carrying values and as a result no 
impairment has been recognised (F18: Nil). Other than the amount disclosed in note 4, there were no indications  
that previously recognised impairment losses should be reversed (F18: Nil). The recoverable amount was determined 
through a value in use calculation. 

The Group’s CGUs are consistent with the prior period and are:

• Americas;

• Europe; and

• Australia and New Zealand (ANZ).

Accounting policies

Timing of Impairment Testing
The Group tests property, plant and equipment and intangible assets for impairment:

• At least annually for goodwill and indefinite life brands; and

• Where there are indications that an asset may be impaired; or

• Where there is an indication that previously recognised impairments may have changed.

Impairment losses are recognised in the consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income.

Approach to Impairment Testing
If the asset does not generate independent cash inflows and its value in use cannot be estimated to be close to its fair 
value, the asset is tested for impairment as part of the CGU to which it belongs.

When an asset’s (or CGU’s) carrying value exceeds its recoverable amount, it is impaired. Recoverable amount is the 
higher of the asset’s (or CGU’s) fair value less costs of disposal or value in use. 

Fair value is determined in accordance with the accounting policy set out in note 1.

In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a discount rate 
that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset or CGU.

Reversals of Impairment 
If there is an indicator that a previously recognised impairment loss no longer exists or has decreased, recoverable 
amount is estimated. If there has been a change in the estimates used to determine an asset’s recoverable amount 
since an impairment loss was recognised, the carrying value of the asset is increased to its recoverable amount 
(limited to the amount that would have been determined, net of depreciation, had no impairment loss been recognised 
for the asset in prior years). 

Any reversal is recognised in the consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income with an 
adjustment to depreciation in future periods to allocate the asset’s revised carrying value, less any residual value,  
on a systematic basis over its remaining useful life. The Group does not reverse impairments recognised for goodwill. 

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019  |  85  

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:
OPERATING ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2019

NOTE 14 – IMPAIRMENT OF NON-FINANCIAL ASSETS (CONTINUED)

Key estimate and judgement:

Impairment testing key assumptions 
The Group has estimated recoverable amount based on value in use at 30 June 2019. Key estimates and  
judgements include:

Cash flow forecasts
Cash flow forecasts are based on the Group’s most recent five-year financial plans approved by the Board. Key 
assumptions in the cash flow forecasts include sales volume growth, cost of sales and cost of doing business. 

The Group’s assumptions regarding sales volume growth and costs of doing business are based on expectations of the 
market demand and past experience. The assumption on cost of sales is based on expectation about future vintage costs. 

Long-term growth rates
Cash flow forecasts beyond a five-year period are extrapolated using a growth rate range of 2.0% to 3.0% (F18: 2.0%  
to 3.0%). Growth rates are specific to individual CGUs and reflect expected future market and economic conditions.

Discount rate
The Group applies a post-tax discount rate to post-tax cash flows as the valuation calculated using this method  
closely approximates applying pre-tax discount rates to pre-tax cash flows. The post-tax discount rates incorporate  
a risk-adjustment relative to the risks associated with the net post-tax cash flows being achieved. The following 
pre-tax discount rates were applied:

Americas
Europe
ANZ

2019

10.0%
9.6%
11.8%

2018

9.5%
9.6%
11.0%

Exchange rates
Cash flow forecasts in foreign currency are forecast in that currency and discounted using the applicable regional 
discount rates (predominantly USD and GBP). 

Sensitivity analysis 
Increases in discount rates or changes in other key assumptions, such as operating conditions or financial performance, 
may cause the recoverable amount to fall below carrying values. 

Based on current economic conditions and CGU performances, there are no reasonably possible changes to key 
assumptions used in the determination of CGU recoverable amounts that would result in a material impairment  
to the Group.

86  |  TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019
86  |  TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019

NOTE 15 – PROVISIONS

Current
Employee entitlements
Other
Total current provisions

Other provisions 

2019
Carrying amount at start of year
Charged/(credited) to profit or loss
Payments
Foreign currency translation
Carrying amount at end of year

2019
$M

36.1 
9.7 
45.8 

2018
$M

34.4
11.0
45.4

ONEROUS
CONTRACTS
$M

RESTRUCTURING
$M

OTHER
$M

TOTAL
$M

2.0 
2.2
(0.6)
– 
3.6 

6.5 
5.9
(7.2)
0.1 
5.3

2.5 
– 
(1.8)
0.1
0.8

11.0 
8.1
(9.6)
0.2
9.7

Onerous contract provisions are held for non-cancellable leases, IT infrastructure service contracts and wine grape 
supply contracts that have been identified as being surplus to the Group’s needs. The restructuring provision 
comprises costs in relation to the Group’s rationalisation and restructure program.

Accounting policies
Provisions are recognised for present obligations (legal, equitable or constructive) to make future payments (or other 
transfer of value) to other entities due to past transactions or events. They are recognised only when it is probable the 
liability will arise and when a reliable estimate can be made of the amount.

If the effect of time value of money is material, provisions are determined by discounting the expected future cash 
flows at a pre-tax risk free rate plus, where appropriate, the risks specific to the liability. Where discounting is used, 
the increase in the provision due to the passage of time is recognised as a finance cost.

Employee entitlements
Liabilities for employees’ entitlements to wages and salaries, annual leave and other current employee entitlements 
(that are expected to be paid within 12 months) are measured at amounts expected to be paid as at the reporting date.

Liabilities for other employee entitlements, which are not expected to be paid or settled within 12 months of reporting 
date, are accrued in respect of all employees at the present value of future amounts expected to be paid.

Restructuring
Restructuring provisions are recognised at the point when a detailed plan for the restructure has been developed and 
implementation has commenced. The cost of restructuring provided is the estimated future cash flows, discounted  
at the appropriate rate which reflects the risks of the cash flow.

Termination benefits are payable when employment is terminated before the normal retirement date or whenever an 
employee accepts voluntary redundancy in exchange for these benefits. The Group recognises termination benefits 
when it is demonstrably committed to either terminating the employment of a current employee according to a detailed 
formal plan without possibility of withdrawal or upon the provision of an offer to encourage voluntary redundancy.

Onerous contracts
Onerous contracts are measured at the lower of the expected cost of terminating the contract and the expected net cost 
of continuing with the contract (discounted to present value if material).

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019  |  87  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS: 
CAPITAL STRUCTURE
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2019

NOTE 16 – CAPITAL MANAGEMENT

The Group considers capital to be the combination of shareholders’ equity, reserves and net debt. The key objectives  
of the Group’s approach to capital management include:

• Safeguard the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern;

• Maintaining a credit profile and the requisite financial metrics that secures access to funding with a spread  

of maturity dates and sufficient undrawn committed facility capacity; 

• Optimising over the long term, and to the extent practicable, the weighted average cost of capital to reduce the 

Group’s cost of capital while maintaining financial flexibility; and

• To provide returns to shareholders and benefits to other stakeholders.

In order to optimise the Group’s capital structure and in line with the Group’s strategic objectives and operating plans, 
the Company may: 

• Alter the amount of dividends paid to shareholders;

• Return capital to shareholders; 

• Issue new shares; 

• Vary discretionary capital expenditure;

• Draw-down additional debt; or 

• Sell assets to reduce debt.

Various financial ratios and internal targets are assessed and reported to the Board on a regular basis by management 
to monitor and support the key objectives set out above. These ratios and targets include:

• An earnings to net interest expense ratio;

• A total net indebtedness to earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, amortisation and self-generating and 

regenerating assets ratio; and

• Group debt maturity profile.

NOTE 17 – BORROWINGS 

Total borrowings consist of: 
Current 
Non-current
Total borrowings

Details of major arrangements

2019
$M

17.4
1,147.7
1,165.1

2018
$M

4.3
875.3
879.6

US Private Placement Notes and Debt Facilities
US Private Placement (USPP) notes totalling US$400.0 million (unsecured) are outstanding, with maturities  
ranging from December 2020 to June 2029. The carrying value of USPP notes at 30 June 2019 is $571.0 million  
(F18: $544.3 million). 

During the year the Group established a US$350.0 million syndicated debt facility with a US$120.0 million 5-year 
tranche maturing November 2023 and a US$230.0 million 7-year tranche maturing in November 2025. At 30 June 
this syndicated debt facility is fully drawn to US$350.0 million. The carrying value of the syndicated debt facility  
at 30 June 2019 is $499.6 million (F18: nil).

The Group has in place a number of revolving bank debt facilities with maturities staggered through to December 2024. 
As at 30 June 2019 there were no drawings under the bank debt facilities (F18: $274.1 million).

USPP notes bear interest at fixed and floating interest rates. In accordance with the Group’s risk management strategy, 
the Group has entered into a combination of fixed to floating and floating to fixed interest rate swaps to obtain the 
desired fixed/floating interest ratio, with interest rate caps also used to manage interest rate risk. Refer to note 23  
for further details.

The Group is party to a number of finance lease arrangements which have a carrying value of $75.1 million  
at 30 June 2019 (F18: $76.7 million). The Group’s finance lease arrangements have durations up to 12 years.

88  |  TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019

 
NOTE 17 – BORROWINGS (CONTINUED)

Financial guarantees
The Group has issued financial guarantees to other persons of $23.0 million (F18: $23.7 million) that could be called upon 
at any time in the event of a breach of the Group’s financial obligations. No payments are expected to eventuate under these 
financial guarantees as the Group expects to meet its respective obligations to the beneficiaries of these guarantees.

Receivables purchasing agreement
The Group has entered into an uncommitted non-recourse receivable purchasing agreement to sell certain domestic 
and international receivables, from time to time, to an unrelated entity in exchange for cash. As at 30 June 2019, 
receivables totalling $26.2 million had been derecognised under this arrangement (F18: $41.9 million).

Accounting policies
Borrowings are initially recorded at fair value of the consideration received, net of directly attributable costs. 

After initial recognition, borrowings are measured at amortised cost, using the effective interest rate method. 
Amortised cost is calculated by taking into account any issue costs, and any discount or premium on issuance.  
Gains and losses are recognised in the statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income if borrowings  
are derecognised.

ALL BALANCES TRANSLATED TO AUD

Net debt
Cash and cash equivalents
Loan receivable
Bank loans1
US Private Placement Notes (net of fair value hedge)
Lease liabilities
Other loan payable
Net debt

TOTAL CASH 
FLOWS 
FROM 
ACTIVITIES 
$M

DEBT 
REVALUATION 
AND FX 
MOVEMENTS 
$M

2018  
$M

89.4
0.6
(270.7)
(544.3)
(76.7)
(0.6)
(802.3)

311.5
–
(206.9)
–
5.1
(13.6)
96.1

0.9
0.1
(15.1)
(26.7)
(3.5)
–
(44.3)

2019  
$M

401.8
0.7
(492.7)
(571.0)
(75.1)
(14.2)
(750.5)

1. Loans are stated net of capitalised facility finance costs. At reporting date, the balance of bank loans is $499.6 million (F18: 

$274.1 million) against capitalised facility finance costs of $6.9 million (F18: $3.4 million) to be amortised over the facility period.

NOTE 18 – CONTRIBUTED EQUITY

Issued and paid-up capital
719,100,485 (F18: 718,663,546) ordinary shares, fully paid
Own shares held

Contributed equity at the beginning of the period
Shares movements:
Nil shares bought back and cancelled (F18: 19,471,487)
436,939 shares issued under the Dividend reinvestment plan (F18: Nil)
Net movement in own shares held
Contributed equity at the end of the period

The shares have no par value.

2019
$M

2018
$M

3,247.3 
(3.5)
3,243.8 

3,240.5 
(5.1)
3,235.4

3,235.4

3,528.6 

–
6.8
1.6 
3,243.8

(300.0) 

–
6.8
3,235.4

Share buyback 
On 17 August 2017, the Company announced an on-market share buy-back of up to $300.0 million, which commenced 
in September 2017. During the year ended 30 June 2019, the Company bought back and cancelled nil shares.

Ordinary shares 
Ordinary shares entitle the holder to participate in dividends and the proceeds on winding up of the Company in 
proportion to the number of and amounts paid on the shares held. Ordinary shares entitle their holder to one vote, 
either in person or by proxy, at a meeting of the Company. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new 
shares or options are shown in equity as a deduction, net of tax from the proceeds.

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019  |  89  

 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:
CAPITAL STRUCTURE
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2019

NOTE 18 – CONTRIBUTED EQUITY (CONTINUED)

Purchase of shares for LTIP plans
The Group engages a third party to purchase shares in the Company to be used to satisfy share based payment 
obligations upon vesting under the Group’s Employee Equity Plans. Historically, such commitments were satisfied  
by way of treasury share purchases (i.e. the Group acquiring shares on market directly). Treasury shares that had 
previously been purchased remain available to satisfy any future vesting under the Group’s Employee Equity Plans. 

During the year, the Group purchased nil treasury shares (F18: Nil). A total of 0.3 million (F18: 0.5 million) treasury 
shares are available at 30 June 2019. During the year, the Group purchased 0.9 million shares ($16.6 million) under 
the third party arrangement (F18: 2.7 million shares ($42.9 million)). A total of 0.9 million shares (F18: 2.7 million) 
purchased under the third party arrangement are available at 30 June 2019. 

When the Company reacquires its equity instruments (treasury shares) their cost is deducted from equity. No gain  
or loss is recognised in profit or loss on the purchase, sale, issue or cancellation of treasury shares. Any difference 
between the cost of acquisition and the consideration when reissued is recognised in share based payments reserve.

NOTE 19 – COMMITMENTS

Leases
Non-cancellable leases
Commitments in relation to leases contracted for at the reporting date  
but not recognised as liabilities, payable:

under one year
between one year and five years 
over five years

Total lease commitments

Capital expenditure and other commitments
The following expenditure has been contracted but not provided for in the financial statements: 
Capital expenditure

2019
$M

2018
$M

111.7
354.8
494.9
961.4

88.6
282.5
478.9
850.0

49.2

38.1

The Group’s leases of property have terms of up to 25 years. Leases generally provide the Group with a right  
of renewal at which time the requirement to renew the lease is considered and all terms are renegotiated.

Accounting policies

Leases
The determination of which of the Group’s arrangements are leases can be complex; for example determining  
whether long-term contracts are for the supply of grapes or a lease of the vineyard. The assessment is made based  
on the substance of the arrangement, whether it is dependent on the use of a specific asset or assets and if it conveys  
a right of use.

When an arrangement is a lease, it is accounted for in one of two ways. Where the lessor retains substantially all  
the risks and benefits of ownership of an asset it is classified as an operating lease. Operating lease payments are 
recognised as an expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term in the consolidated statement of profit or loss  
and other comprehensive income. 

Where the Group takes on substantially all the risks and benefits of ownership of the leased item it is classified  
as a finance lease. An asset is recognised at the inception of the lease at the fair value of the leased asset or, if lower, 
at the present value of the minimum lease payments. Lease payments are split between a finance expense and  
a reduction of the lease liability so as to record a constant rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability. 
The asset is depreciated over the shorter of the estimated useful life of the asset or the lease term.

Refer to note 31 outlining the expected impact on the Group from the initial adoption of AASB 16 Leases.

90  |  TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019
90  |  TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 20 – RESERVES

Cash flow hedge reserve
Share based payments reserve
Foreign currency translation reserve
Total reserves

2019
$M

(8.4)
(34.6)
76.8
33.8

2018
$M

2.2
(9.4)
7.6
0.4

Cash flow hedge reserve
This reserve records the effective portion of gains or losses from open cash flow hedges.

Share based payment reserve
This reserve records amounts offered to employees under Long-term Incentive Plan (LTIP), Restricted Equity Plan 
(REP), deferred Short-term Incentive Plan (STIP) and Share Cellar plan.

Foreign currency translation reserve
This reserve holds exchange differences arising on translation of foreign subsidiaries, as described in note 1.

NOTE 21 – EMPLOYEE EQUITY PLANS

STIP
(RESTRICTED 
SHARES)

MTIP 
(PERFORMANCE 
RIGHTS)

LTIP
(PERFORMANCE 
RIGHTS)

REP
(RESTRICTED 
SHARES/ 
DEFERRED 
SHARE RIGHTS)

SHARE CELLAR
(BROAD-BASED 
EMPLOYEE  

SHARE PLAN)

Outstanding at the beginning  
of the year
Granted during the year
Exercised during the year
Forfeited during the year
Outstanding at the end  
of the year
Exercisable at the end of the year

255,406
140,562
(168,803)
(29,846)

197,319
–

–
245,436
–
(33,976)

4,448,771
806,921
(2,688,879)
(628,716)

211,460

1,938,097

–

–

395,909
33,353
(162,697)
(40,270)

226,295
–

100,806
57,962
(44,539)
(12,565)

101,664
–

The Group operates equity plans as outlined below:

STIP Restricted Equity
One-third of earned STIP is delivered in the form of deferred equity (Restricted Shares). The key terms of this award are:

• Subject to a mandatory restriction period and continued employment. Half of the award is restricted for one year 

and the remaining half for two years from grant date;  

• Holders of Restricted Shares are entitled to dividends and to exercise their voting rights during the restriction;

• Will generally be forfeited if the executive is dismissed for cause or resigns. Clawback mechanisms apply.

LTIP 
Under the LTIP certain employees receive Performance Rights which entitle participants to receive the Company’s 
shares at no cost subject to the achievement of performance conditions and continued employment. No dividends are 
payable to participants prior to vesting. The performance conditions are:

• Relative Total Shareholder Return (TSR)

• Return on Capital Employed (ROCE) growth

• Will generally be forfeited if the executive is dismissed for cause or resigns. Clawback mechanisms apply.

For the F17 and F18 awards, Performance Rights are subject to dual performance measures with equal weighting  
of TSR and ROCE over a performance period of three years. The F19 awards were issued over the same performance 
period but with a weighting of 25% for TSR and 75% for ROCE.

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019  |  91  

 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:
CAPITAL STRUCTURE
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2019

NOTE 21 – EMPLOYEE EQUITY PLANS (CONTINUED)

Mid-term Incentive Plan (MTIP)
F19 is the first year the Group have awarded an MTIP grant. Under the MTIP certain employees receive Performance 
Rights which entitle the participant to receive shares at no cost subject to the achievement of performance conditions 
and continuing employment. The F19 plan has two equal vesting conditions: time-based (50%) and ROCE growth 
(50%). For the time-based conditions half vest in 1-year (25%) and half in 2-years (25%). 

Restricted Equity Plan (REP)
Under the REP certain employees receive a grant of restricted equity awards in the form of Restricted Shares.  
If Restricted Shares cannot be awarded (e.g. due to country specific regulation) Deferred Share Rights are granted. 
The award is at no cost to the employee and is subject to a restriction period. Restricted equity awards require continued 
employment with the Group through the restriction period.  Other terms are similar to the STIP terms above.  

Restricted equity awards may be granted to compensate employees for foregoing equity compensation in their previous 
organisation as a sign-on award and/or as a retention incentive.

Share Cellar (broad-based Employee Share Plan)
Share Cellar is the Group’s broad-based Employee Share Plan and plan participation is offered annually. The plan 
was first launched early in 2015. Participation is voluntary and employees in select countries are eligible to join the 
Plan. Share Cellar operates as a matching plan whereby employees contribute funds to the Plan from their after-tax 
pay and shares are acquired by the Group on their behalf. In the plans operating from 2015 to 2018, for every two 
purchased shares that a participant holds at the vesting date (approximately two years) the Group delivers one matched 
share, subject to continued employment. For employees enrolling in the 2019 plan, the Group will deliver one matched 
share for every purchased share held at the plan vesting date, subject to continued employment.

Participants are entitled to dividends and to exercise voting rights attached to the shares purchased under the plan, 
and matched shares once they have been allocated.

Accounting policies
Employee equity plans are accounted for as share based payments, whereby employees render services in exchange  
for the awards. The fair value of the shares and performance rights that are expected to vest is progressively 
recognised as an employee benefits expense over the relevant vesting period with a corresponding increase in equity.

The fair value of shares granted is determined by reference to observed market values. The fair value of the TSR 
component of performance rights is independently determined at grant date by an external valuer using a Monte-Carlo 
simulation. For the non-market components (ROCE), the fair value is independently determined based on the share 
price less the present value of dividends.

Non-market performance conditions do not impact the value of shares and performance rights, but rather the estimate 
of the number of shares to vest. 

At each reporting date the Company revises the estimate of the number of shares and the non-market component  
of performance rights that are expected to vest and the employee benefits expense recognised each period incorporates 
this change in estimate. 

An expense is recognised for the TSR component of performance rights whether or not the TSR hurdle is met.  
No expense is recognised if these rights do not vest due to cessation of employment. No expense is recognised for  
shares and non-market components of performance rights that do not ultimately vest. 

92  |  TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019
92  |  TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019

NOTE 21 – EMPLOYEE EQUITY PLANS (CONTINUED)

Active share based payment plans:

Long-term Incentive Plans
The below table outlines the F18 and F19 LTIP plans which have a vesting date post 30 June 2019:

GRANT DATE

Grant date share price
Expected share price volatility (%)
Expected dividend yield (%)
Risk-free interest rate (%)
Fair value estimate at grant date – TSR
Fair value estimate at grant date – ROCE

Mid-term Incentive Plans
The below table outlines the F19 plan which has a vesting date post 30 June 2019:

GRANT DATE

Grant date share price
Expected dividend yield (%)
Fair value estimate at grant date – ROCE
Fair value estimate time-based – Vesting 2019
Fair value estimate time-based – Vesting 2020

Restricted Equity Plans

GRANT DATE

F15
29-Aug-14

F16
4-Sep-15
4-Dec-15

F17
5-Dec-16

F18
13-Nov-17
1-Mar-18

F19
12-Nov-18

F19 PLAN 
12-NOV-18 

F18 PLAN 
13-NOV-17

$15.56
28.0
1.9
2.1
$7.24
$14.80

$15.82
29.0
2.2
1.9
$11.09
$14.93

F19 PLAN 
12-NOV-18

$15.56
1.9
$15.09
$15.32
$15.04

GRANT DATE  
SHARE PRICE

$5.11

$5.98
$7.97

$10.42

$15.82
$17.32

$15.56

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019  |  93  

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:
TAXATION
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2019

NOTE 22 – INCOME TAX

The major components of income tax expense are:

Statement of profit or loss
Current income tax expense
Deferred income tax expense
Total tax expense

Deferred income tax expense included in the income tax expense comprises:

Decrease in deferred tax assets
Increase/(decrease) in deferred tax liabilities

Deferred income tax

Tax reconciliation
The amount of income tax expense as shown in the consolidated statement of profit or loss  
and other comprehensive income differs from the prima facie income tax expense attributable  
to earnings. The differences are reconciled as follows:
Profit before tax excluding material items
Material items before tax
Profit before tax 

Prima facie income tax expense attributable to profit from operations  
calculated at the rate of 30% (F18: 30%)
Tax effect of:

Non-taxable income and profits, net of non-deductible expenditure
Other deductible items
Tax losses recognised
Change in tax rate
Foreign tax rate differential
Other
Under/(over) provisions in previous years

Total tax expense

Income tax expense on operations
Income tax benefit attributable to material items
Income tax expense

Deferred income tax relates to the following:
Deferred tax assets
The balance comprises temporary differences attributable to:

Inventory
Property, plant and equipment (including vines)
Accruals
Provisions
Foreign exchange
Tax losses
Other

Total deferred tax assets

Deferred tax liabilities
The balance comprises temporary differences attributable to:

Inventory
Property, plant and equipment (including vines)
Intangibles
Other

Total deferred tax liabilities

94  |  TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019

2019
$M

2018
$M

156.7
14.8
171.5

13.7
1.1
14.8

591.0
–
591.0

106.6
8.5
115.1

63.4
(54.9)
8.5

481.7
(6.2)
475.5

177.3

142.7

2.5
(3.4)
(2.3)
0.6
(6.1)
2.5
0.4
171.5

171.5
–
171.5

23.6
0.6
5.8
19.6
5.2
71.0
26.5
152.3

16.2
72.6
104.2
1.1
194.1

(11.8)
(6.8)
(1.4)
(16.3)
(0.8)
10.8
(1.3)
115.1

116.7
(1.6)
115.1

10.8
6.6
6.2
21.5
2.9
84.3
22.2
154.5

18.3
67.9
99.8
4.8
190.8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 22 – INCOME TAX (CONTINUED)

Movements in deferred income tax relate to the following:
Movement in deferred tax assets:

Opening balance
(Charged) to profit or loss
Recognised directly in Equity
Foreign currency translation 
Reclassification
Other

Closing balance

Movement in deferred tax liabilities:

Opening balance
Charged/(credited) to profit or loss
Recognised directly in Equity
Transfer (to)/from Assets Held for Sale
Foreign currency translation
Reclassification
Other

Closing balance

2019
$M

2018
$M

154.5
(13.7)
3.0
5.9
0.6
2.0
152.3

190.8
1.1
(1.4)
(5.3)
8.3
0.6
–
194.1

208.0
(63.4)
–
9.3
–
0.6
154.5

233.9
(54.9)
–
–
11.3
–
0.5
190.8

Amounts recognised directly in equity
Aggregate current and deferred tax arising in the reporting period and not recognised
in net profit or loss but directly credited to equity

4.4 

–

Unrecognised tax assets
There are potential future income tax benefits relating to accumulated losses in non-Australian group companies, 
which have not been brought to account. These possible benefits amount to $38.5 million (F18: $43.5 million).

The Group has carry forward capital tax losses in Australia and the UK respectively. These losses may be used  
to offset any future capital gains derived by activities in these countries. The Group will assess the conditions  
for deductibility imposed by the tax laws of Australia and the UK prior to any utilisation of the capital losses.

Ongoing tax audits
The Group is subject to ongoing tax audits by taxation authorities in several jurisdictions covering a variety of taxes. 
The Group fully cooperates with these enquiries as and when they arise.

Franking credits
The Australian Tax Consolidation Group has $58.7 million (F18: $69.8 million) franking credits available for 
subsequent reporting periods. 

US tax reform
In F18, the US Government passed the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (‘the Act’). The Act reduced the US Federal corporate 
tax rate from 35% to 21% effective from 1 January 2018, as a result the Group recognised a one-off benefit of 
$20.9 million which arose due to the restatement of its net deferred tax liability in respect of its US operations.

Key estimate and judgement:

Taxation
The Group is subject to income taxes in Australia and jurisdictions where it has foreign operations. Significant 
judgement is required in determining the worldwide provision for income taxes. There are many transactions and 
calculations undertaken during the ordinary course of business for which the ultimate tax determination is uncertain. 
Where the final tax outcome of these matters is different from the amounts that were initially recorded, such differences 
will impact the current and deferred tax provisions in the period in which such determination is made.

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019  |  95  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:
TAXATION
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2019

NOTE 22 – INCOME TAX (CONTINUED)

Accounting policies

Current taxes
Current tax assets and liabilities are measured at the amount expected to be recovered from, or paid to, taxation 
authorities at the tax rates and tax laws enacted or substantively enacted by the reporting date.

Deferred taxes
Deferred income tax liabilities are recognised for all taxable temporary differences. Deferred income tax assets  
are recognised for all deductible temporary differences, carried forward unused tax assets and unused tax losses,  
to the extent it is probable that they will be utilised.

Unrecognised deferred income tax assets are reassessed at each reporting date and are recognised to the extent  
that it will become possible that future taxable profit will allow the deferred tax asset to be recovered.

The carrying amount of deferred income tax assets is reviewed at balance sheet date and reduced to the extent that  
it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profit will be available to utilise them.

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply to the year when 
the asset is realised or the liability is settled, based on tax rates and tax laws that have been enacted or substantively 
enacted at the balance sheet date.

Deferred income tax is provided on temporary differences at balance sheet date between accounting carrying amounts 
and the tax bases of assets and liabilities, other than for:

• The initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction that is not a business combination and at the time  
of the transaction, affects neither the accounting profit nor taxable profit or loss or on the recognition of goodwill.

• Foreign taxes which may arise in the event of retained profits of foreign controlled entities being remitted  

to Australia as there is no present intention to make any such remittances.

Deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities associated with indefinite life intangibles such as brand names  
are measured based on the tax consequences that would follow from the use and sale of that asset. 

Income taxes relating to items recognised directly in equity are recognised in equity and not in profit or loss.

Offsetting deferred tax balances
Deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are offset only if a legally enforceable right exists to set off current  
tax assets against current tax liabilities and the deferred tax assets and liabilities relate to the same taxable entity 
and the same taxation authority.

96  |  TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019
96  |  TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS: 
RISK
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2019

NOTE 23 – FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT 

Financial risk management framework 
The Group’s financial risk management policies (‘Group Treasury Policies’) cover risk tolerance, internal controls 
(including segregation of duties), delegated authority levels, management of foreign currency, interest rate and 
counterparty credit exposures, and the reporting of exposures. These policies are reviewed at least annually and 
approved by the Board of Directors.

The centralised Group Treasury function has been delegated operational responsibility for the identification and 
management of financial risks. 

The Group holds financial instruments from financing (principally borrowings), transactions (trade receivables and 
payables) and risk management (derivatives) which result in exposure to the following financial risks, covered by the 
Group Treasury Policies:

• Liquidity risk;

• Interest rate risk;

• Foreign exchange risk; and

• Counterparty credit risk.

The following table outlines how these risks impact Group financial assets and liabilities:

LIQUIDITY 
RISK 
(A)

INTEREST 
RATE RISK
(B)

NOTE

FOREIGN 
EXCHANGE 
RISK 
(C)

CREDIT 
RISK 
(D)

Net borrowings

Receivables 

Other financial assets

Payables

17

9

9

9

✕

✕

Derivative financial assets and liabilities 

24, 31 

(a) Liquidity risk 

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

Nature of the risk
The Group is exposed to liquidity risk primarily from its core operating activities. The Group’s focus is to ensure it is able 
to meet financial obligations as and when they fall due.

Risk management
The Group ensures the maintenance, at all times, of an appropriate minimum level of liquidity, comprising committed, 
unutilised debt facilities and cash resources. To facilitate this, the Group monitors forecast and actual cash flows, 
performs sensitivity analysis as well as monitoring the availability and cost of debt and equity funding. 

The Group’s objective is to balance continuity of funding and flexibility by maintaining an appropriately structured 
debt maturity profile with a mix of bank and capital (bond) market debt, whilst also monitoring compliance with the 
Group’s key financial covenants and undertakings.

At reporting date, the standby arrangements and unused credit facilities are as follows:

Committed facilities
Available facilities 
Amounts utilised
Amount unutilised 

The Group is in compliance with all undertakings under its various financing arrangements. 

2019
$M

2018
$M

1,887.1
(1,066.0)
821.1

1,301.5
(818.4)
483.1

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019  |  97  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:
RISK
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2019

NOTE 23 – FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (CONTINUED) 

(a) Liquidity risk (continued)

Level of exposure at balance date
The following tables analyse the maturities of the Group’s contractual undiscounted cash flows arising from its material 
financial liabilities, net and gross settled derivative financial instruments.

6 MONTHS 
OR LESS
$M

6 MONTHS
TO 1 YEAR
$M

1 TO 2 
YEARS
$M

2 TO 5
YEARS
$M

OVER
5 YEARS
$M

CONTRACTUAL
TOTAL
$M

CARRYING 
AMOUNT
$M

MATURING IN:

2019
Non-derivative  
financial liabilities
Bank loans1
Finance leases
Other loans
US Private Placement Notes
Trade payables
Other payables  
(financial liabilities)

Derivative  
financial liabilities
Foreign exchange contracts
Interest rate and cross 
currency swaps
Total financial liabilities

2018
Non-derivative  
financial liabilities
Bank loans1
Finance leases
Other loans
US Private Placement Notes
Trade payables
Other payables  
(financial liabilities)

Derivative  
financial liabilities
Foreign exchange contracts
Interest rate and cross 
currency swaps
Total financial liabilities

10.1
4.5
13.6
10.9
351.7

373.0

0.6

0.8
765.2

1.2
4.3
–
10.4
315.7

387.2

0.3

0.6
719.7

8.9
4.5
–
10.2
–

–

0.7

2.1
26.4

–
4.3
–
9.7
–

–

0.6

1.4
16.0

15.8
9.0
0.6
126.8
–

215.3
26.9
–
231.8
–

–

–

0.7

0.2

345.2
60.4
–
319.9
–

–

–

595.3
105.3
14.2
699.6
351.7

492.7
75.1
14.2
571.0
351.7

373.0

373.0

2.2

2.2

4.8
157.7

7.4
481.6

–
725.5

15.1
2,156.4

6.8
1,886.7

90.0
8.5
0.6
19.4
–

–

0.6

2.7
121.8

184.1
25.6
–
157.3
–

–

–

–
57.5
–
489.6
–

–

–

275.3
100.2
0.6
686.4
315.7

270.7
76.7
0.6
544.3
315.7

387.2

387.2

1.5

1.5

8.2
375.2

1.4
548.5

14.3
1,781.2

12.7
1,609.4

1.  Loans are stated net of capitalised facility finance costs. At reporting date, the balance of bank loans is $499.6 million  

(F18: $274.1 million) against capitalised facility finance costs of $6.9 million (F18: $3.4 million) to be amortised over the facility period. 

98  |  TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019
98  |  TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019

 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 23 – FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (CONTINUED) 

(b) Interest rate risk

Nature of the risk
The Group is exposed to interest rate risk principally from floating rate borrowings, including bank borrowings and US 
Private Placement Notes. Other sources of interest rate risk include receivable purchasing agreements, interest-bearing 
investments, creditors’ accounts offering a discount and debtors’ accounts on which discounts are offered.

Risk management
We manage interest rate risk by ensuring that the sensitivity of forecast future earnings to changes in interest rates 
is within acceptable limits. This involves longer term forecasting of both expected earnings and expected borrowing  
to determine the tolerable exposure. 

A combination of interest rate swaps were exchanged to obtain the desired ratio of fixed and floating interest rates.  
At 30 June 2019, interest rate swap contracts were in use to exchange fixed interest rates to floating on 
$356.9 million (US$250 million) of US Private Placement notes and floating interest rates to fixed on $142.7 million 
(US$100 million). The swaps mature in December 2023, June 2027 and June 2029. During the year cross currency 
interest rate swaps were used to exchange floating USD interest on a portion of the USD syndicated debt facility  
of US$120 million into AUD fixed rate of $166.6 million with maturities in November 2023. Please refer note 23(a)  
for the profile and timing of cash flows over the next five years.

Level of exposure at balance date
The Group’s exposure to variable interest rate risk results from the following financial instruments at balance sheet date:

Financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Total assets
Financial liabilities
US Private Placement Notes1
Bank loans1
Total liabilities

1. Net of hedged amounts.

2019
$M

401.8
401.8

285.5
328.3
613.8

2018
$M

89.4
89.4

272.1
274.1
546.2

Sensitivity analysis
The table below shows the impact by currency denomination if the Group’s weighted average floating interest rates 
change from the year-end rates of 2.14% (F18: 1.78%) with all other variables held constant. 

CURRENCY 

USD
AUD

SENSITIVITY

2019

2018

+ / – 25bp
+ / – 25bp

+ / – 25bp
+ / – 25bp

PRE-TAX IMPACT ON PROFIT

2019

–
$M

1.4
(0.7)

+
$M

(0.7)
(0.3)

2018

–
$M

0.7
0.3

+
$M

(1.4)
0.7

The movements in profit on a consolidated level are primarily a result of interest costs from borrowings. There would 
have been no significant impact on equity. 

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019  |  99  

 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:
RISK
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2019

NOTE 23 – FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (CONTINUED) 

(c) Foreign exchange risk

Nature of the risk
The Group is exposed to foreign exchange risk through:

• Transaction exposures including sales of wine into export markets and the purchase of production inputs, 

denominated in foreign currencies other than the respective functional currency of the specific Group entity;

• Exposures arising from borrowings denominated in foreign currencies; and 

• Translation exposures including earnings of foreign subsidiaries and revaluation of monetary assets and liabilities, 

including borrowings.

The currencies in which these transactions are primarily denominated are the Australian Dollar (AUD), United 
States Dollar (USD) and Great British Pound (GBP). Other currencies used include the Canadian Dollar, Euro,  
New Zealand Dollar, Singapore Dollar, Swedish Krona, Norwegian Krone, Chinese Renminbi and South African Rand. 

Risk management
The focus of the Group’s foreign exchange risk management activities is on the transactional exposures arising from 
the sourcing and sale of wine.

A proportion of expenses are hedged over time up to a period of three years. The nominal amount and average hedge 
rate of the instruments in place at 30 June 2019 are disclosed in the following table.

In determining the amount of hedging required, the Group also considers the ‘natural hedges’ arising from the 
underlying net cash flows in the relevant currency, comprising operating, investing and financing cash flows. 

Details of the Group’s open hedges at balance sheet date are shown below.

Open foreign currency hedges at 30 June 2019

CURRENCY

HEDGE TYPE

AUD/USD

AUD/GBP

Forwards
Options 
Total
Forwards
Options
Total

HEDGE VALUE 
(NOTIONAL AUD)
$M

AVERAGE
HEDGE 
RATE

8.3
419.7
428.0
111.6
182.3
293.9

0.7104

0.6954

0.5406

0.5563

100  |  TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019
100  |  TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019

NOTE 23 – FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (CONTINUED) 

(c) Foreign exchange risk (continued)

Level of exposure at balance date
At the reporting date, the Group’s financial assets and liabilities were denominated across the following currencies:

ALL BALANCES TRANSLATED TO AUD

2019
Net debt
Cash and cash equivalents
Loan receivable
Bank loans1
US Private Placement Notes (net of fair value hedge)
Lease liabilities
Other loan payable
Net debt

Other financial assets/(liabilities)
Trade receivables (net of allowance for expected credit loss)
Other receivables
Trade and other payables
Net other assets/(liabilities)

2018
Net debt
Cash and cash equivalents
Loan receivable
Bank loans1
US Private Placement Notes (net of fair value hedge)
Lease liabilities
Other loan payable
Net debt

Other financial assets/(liabilities)
Trade receivables (net of allowance for expected credit loss)
Other receivables
Trade and other payables
Net other assets/(liabilities)

AUD
$M

USD
$M

GBP
$M

OTHER
$M

TOTAL
$M

273.8
0.7
1.8
–
(0.1)
(14.2)
262.0

305.8
36.2
(306.7)
35.3

26.2
0.6
(151.8)
–
(0.1)
(0.6)
(125.7)

238.0
59.3
(323.4)
(26.1)

75.6
–
(494.5)
(571.0)
(75.0)
–
(1,064.9)

116.1
52.5
(349.8)
(181.2)

26.2
–
(118.9)
(544.3)
(76.4)
–
(713.4)

115.0
17.1
(322.8)
(190.7)

10.9
–
–
–
–
–
10.9

73.2
0.6
(70.3)
3.5

0.6
–
–
–
–
–
0.6

48.4
1.0
(58.5)
(9.1)

41.5
–
–
–
–
–
41.5

48.1
2.1
(53.9)
(3.7)

36.4
–
–
–
(0.2)
–
36.2

66.1
16.7
(54.6)
28.2

401.8
0.7
(492.7)
(571.0)
(75.1)
(14.2)
(750.5)

543.2
91.4
(780.7)
(146.1)

89.4
0.6
(270.7)
(544.3)
(76.7)
(0.6)
(802.3)

467.5
94.1
(759.3)
(197.7)

1. Includes capitalised borrowing costs of $6.9 million (F18: $3.4 million).

Sensitivity analysis
The following table illustrates the impact of potential foreign exchange movements on profit before tax and the 
statement of financial position at 30 June: 

CURRENCY

United States Dollar
Great Britain Pound
Euro
Canadian Dollar
New Zealand Dollar

SENSITIVITY
ASSUMPTION1

2019

2018

8.2%
9.9%
7.1%
6.2%
5.4%

9.2%
9.0%
8.0%
7.2%
6.3%

PRE-TAX IMPACT ON PROFIT  

IMPACT ON EQUITY  

2019

–

1.0
0.1
0.4
1.3
0.2

+

(0.8)
(0.1)
(0.3)
(1.2)
(0.1)

+

(2.7)
(1.6)
(0.7)
(1.5)
(0.6)

$M

2018

–

3.2
1.9
0.8
1.8
0.7

2019

–

58.4
19.9
0.4
(1.1)
7.7

+

(56.8)
(9.0)
(2.7)
1.4
(6.0)

+

(45.8)
(14.3)
0.3
1.0
(6.9)

$M

2018

–

71.5
13.5
3.2
(1.6)
6.8

1. Australian dollar versus individual currencies. Implied one year currency volatility at reporting date (Source: Bloomberg). 

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019  |  101  

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:
RISK
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2019

NOTE 23 – FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (CONTINUED) 

(d) Credit risk 

Nature of the risk
Counterparty credit risk arises primarily from the following assets:

• Cash and cash equivalents; 

• Trade and other receivables; and 

• Derivative instruments. 

Risk management
The Group’s counterparty credit risk management philosophy is to limit the Group’s loss from default by any one 
counterparty by dealing only with financial institution counterparties of good credit standing, setting maximum 
exposure limits for each counterparty, and taking a conservative approach to the calculation of counterparty credit 
limit usage. Where available, credit opinions on counterparties from two credit rating agencies are used to determine 
credit limits.

The Group assesses the credit quality of individual customers prior to offering credit terms and continues to monitor 
on a regular basis. Each customer is assigned a risk profile based upon the measurable risk indicators for dishonoured 
payments, adverse information and average days late along with the securities and guarantees held. All prospective 
accounts are required to complete a credit application and generally a director’s guarantee is required with minimal 
exceptions. Failure to provide a director’s guarantee results in either no credit or a limited level of credit offered. 
Credit terms may be reduced or extended for individual customers on the basis of risk.

Past due accounts are subject to a number of collection activities which range from telephone contact, suspension  
of orders through to legal action. Past due accounts are reviewed monthly with specific focus on accounts that are 
greater than 90 days overdue. Where debt cannot be recovered, it is escalated from the credit representative to the 
credit manager to initiate recovery action.

For derivatives, the Group transacts under an International Swaps and Derivatives Association (ISDA) master netting 
agreement. If a credit event such as a default occurs, all outstanding transactions under an ISDA agreement are 
terminated, the termination value is assessed and only a single net amount is payable in settlement of all transactions. 

Level of exposure at balance date
The maximum counterparty credit risk exposure at 30 June 2019 in respect of derivative financial instruments was 
$3.4 million (F18: $2.5 million) and in respect of cash and cash equivalents was $110.0 million (F18: $55.9 million). 
The Group’s authorised counterparties are restricted to banks and financial institutions whose long term credit rating 
is at or above a Standard and Poors rating of A- (or Moody’s equivalent rating of A3), with any exceptions requiring 
approval from the Board. Commercial paper investments are restricted to counterparties whose short term credit 
rating is at or above a Standard and Poor’s rating of A-1 (or Moody’s equivalent rating of P-2). The magnitude of  
credit risk in relation to receivables is generally the carrying amount, net of any allowance for expected credit loss. 
The ageing of the consolidated Group trade receivables (net of provisions) is outlined below:

Not past due
Past due 1–30 days
Past due 31–60 days
Past due 61 days+
Total

2019
$M

489.1
29.7
9.4
15.0
543.2

2018
$M

432.1
28.3
3.2
3.9
467.5

Trade receivables have been aged according to their due date. Terms may be extended on a temporary basis with the 
approval of management. The past due receivables shown above relate to customers who have a good debt history and 
are considered recoverable. There is no collateral held as security against the receivables above and there are no other 
receivables past due. 

102  |  TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019
102  |  TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019

 
NOTE 24 – DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

At reporting date, there were $721.9 million (Australian dollar equivalent) net face value of outstanding  
foreign exchange contracts at contract rates (F18: $541.2 million), interest rate swaps of $499.6 million  
(F18: $476.3 million) and cross currency interest rate swaps of $171.3 million (F18: Nil). These instruments  
are Level 2 under AASB’s Fair Value measurement hierarchy.

NOTE 25 – FAIR VALUES

The fair values of cash and cash equivalents, financial assets and most financial liabilities approximate their carrying 
value. The fair value of the US Private Placement Notes is $637.1 million (F18: $581.8 million) and the fair value of 
the syndicated debt facility is $544.5 million (F18: nil). There have been no reclassifications of financial assets from 
fair value to cost, or from cost or amortised cost to fair value during the year.

The fair values of derivative financial instruments are based upon market prices, or models using inputs observed 
from the market, where markets exist or have been determined by discounting the expected future cash flows by  
the current interest rate for financial assets and financial liabilities with similar risk profiles (a Level 2 valuation).

The valuation of derivative financial assets and liabilities reflects the estimated amounts which the Group would be 
required to pay or receive to terminate the contracts (net of transaction costs) or replace the contracts at their current 
market rates at reporting date. This is based on internal valuations using standard valuation techniques. 

As the purpose of these derivative financial instruments is to hedge the Group’s underlying assets and liabilities 
denominated in foreign currencies and to hedge against risk of interest rate fluctuations, it is unlikely in the absence 
of abnormal circumstances that these contracts would be terminated prior to maturity.

For all other recognised financial assets and financial liabilities, based on the facts and circumstances existing  
at reporting date and the nature of the Group’s financial assets and financial liabilities including hedge positions,  
the Group has no reason to believe that the financial assets could not be exchanged, or the financial liabilities could 
not be settled, in an arm’s length transaction at an amount approximating its carrying amount.

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019  |  103  

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS: 
GROUP COMPOSITION
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2019

NOTE 26 – SUBSIDIARIES

The consolidated financial statements incorporate the assets, liabilities and results of the following subsidiaries:

ENTITY NAME

Equity holding of 100% (F18: 100%)
Aldershot Nominees Pty. Ltd.*
B Seppelt & Sons Limited* 
Beringer Blass Distribution S.R.L. 
Beringer Blass Italia S.R.L. 
Beringer Blass Wine Estates Chile Limitada 
Beringer Blass Wine Estates Limited 
Beringer Blass Wines Pty. Ltd.*
Bilyara Vineyards Pty. Ltd.*
Cellarmaster Wines (UK) Limited 
Cellarmaster Wines Holdings (UK) Limited 
Coldstream Australasia Limited*
Cuppa Cup Vineyards Pty. Ltd. 
Devil’s Lair Pty. Ltd. 
Ewines Pty. Ltd. 
FBL Holdings Limited 
Il Cavaliere del Castello di Gabbiano S.r.l. 
Interbev Pty. Ltd.* 
James Herrick Wines Limited 
Leo Buring Pty. Ltd. 
Lindeman (Holdings) Limited* 
Lindemans Wines Pty. Ltd. 
Mag Wines Pty. Ltd 
Majorca Pty. Ltd.* 
Mildara Holdings Pty. Ltd.* 
North America Packaging (Pacific Rim) Corporation 
Penfolds Wines Pty Ltd 
Piat Pere et Fils B.V.
Premium Land, Inc. 
Robertsons Well Pty. Ltd. 
Robertsons Well Unit Trust 
Rosemount Estates Pty. Ltd. 
Rothbury Wines Pty. Ltd.* 
SCW905 Limited* 
Seaview Wynn Pty. Ltd.*
Southcorp Australia Pty. Ltd.*
Southcorp Brands Pty. Ltd.* 
Southcorp International Investments Pty. Ltd.* 
Southcorp Limited* 
Southcorp NZ Pty. Ltd.* 
Southcorp Whitegoods Pty. Ltd. 
Southcorp Wines Asia Pty. Ltd. 
Southcorp Wines Europe Limited 
Southcorp Wines Pty. Ltd.*
Southcorp XUK Limited 
T’Gallant Winemakers Pty. Ltd. 
The New Zealand Wine Club Limited 
The Rothbury Estate Pty. Ltd.*
Tolley Scott & Tolley Limited*
Treasury Americas Inc 

104  |  TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019

COUNTRY OF 
INCORPORATION

Australia
Australia
Italy
Italy
Chile
UK
Australia
Australia
UK
UK
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
UK
Italy
Australia
UK
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
USA
Australia
Netherlands
USA
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
UK
Australia
UK
Australia
UK
Australia
Australia
USA

NOTE 26 – SUBSIDIARIES (CONTINUED)

ENTITY NAME

Treasury Chateau & Estates LLC
Treasury Logistics Pty Ltd*
Treasury Wine Estates (China) Holding Co Pty Ltd*
Treasury Wine Estates (Matua) Limited
Treasury Wine Estates (NZ) Holding Co Pty Ltd*
Treasury Wine Estates (Shanghai) Trading Co. Ltd.
Treasury Wine Estates (UK) Holding Co Pty Ltd* 
Treasury Wine Estates Americas Company 
Treasury Wine Estates Asia (SEA) Pte Ltd 
Treasury Wine Estates Asia Pty. Ltd. 
Treasury Wine Estates Australia Limited* 
Treasury Wine Estates Barossa Vineyards Pty. Ltd. 
Treasury Wine Estates Canada, Inc. 
Treasury Wine Estates Denmark ApS 
Treasury Wine Estates EMEA Limited 
Treasury Wine Estates France S.A.R.L.
Treasury Wine Estates HK Limited
Treasury Wine Estates Holdings Inc. 
Treasury Wine Estates Japan KK
Treasury Wine Estates Limited* 
Treasury Wine Estates Netherlands B.V 
Treasury Wine Estates Norway AS 
Treasury Wine Estates Sweden AB 
Treasury Wine Estates UK Brands Limited 
Treasury Wine Estates Vintners Limited* 
TWE Finance (Aust) Limited* 
TWE Finance (UK) Limited 
TWE Insurance Company Pte. Ltd. 
TWE Lima Pty Ltd*
TWE Share Plans Pty Ltd 
TWE US Finance Co. 
TWE USA Partnership
Wolf Blass Wines Pty. Ltd.* 
Woodley Wines Pty. Ltd. 
Wynn Winegrowers Pty. Ltd.
Wynns Coonawarra Estate Pty. Ltd

COUNTRY OF 
INCORPORATION

USA
Australia
Australia
New Zealand
Australia
China
Australia
USA
Singapore
Australia
Australia
Australia
Canada
Denmark
UK
France
Hong Kong
USA
Japan
Australia
Netherlands
Norway
Sweden
UK
Australia
Australia
UK
Singapore
Australia
Australia
USA
USA
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia

*  Entity is a member of the Closed Group under the Deed of Cross Guarantee (refer to Note 28) and relieved from the requirement  

to prepare audited financial statements by ASIC Corporations (Wholly owned Companies) Instrument 2016/785.

Equity holding of less than 100% 

ENTITY NAME

Fiddlesticks LLC
Graymoor Estate Joint Venture
Graymoor Estate Pty. Ltd.
Graymoor Estate Unit Trust
North Para Environment Control Pty. Ltd.

COUNTRY OF 
INCORPORATION 

% OF HOLDING

USA
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia

2019

50.0
48.8
48.8
48.8
69.9

2018

50.0
48.8
48.8
48.8
69.9

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019  |  105  

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:
GROUP COMPOSITION
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2019

NOTE 27 – PARENT ENTITY FINANCIAL INFORMATION

(a) Summary financial information
The individual financial statements for the parent entity show the following aggregate amounts:

Balance sheet
Current assets
Total assets
Current liabilities
Total liabilities
Net assets

Shareholders’ equity
Issued capital
Share based payments reserve
Retained earnings
Total equity

Profit for the year
Total comprehensive income

2019
$M

2018
$M

827.0
8,933.1 
5,343.3 
5,343.3 
3,589.8 

3,247.3 
(34.6)
377.1 
3,589.8 

421.0 
421.0 

5,945.6
8,296.7
4,858.2
4,858.2
3,438.5

3,240.5
(9.4)
207.4
3,438.5

91.4
91.4

Current liabilities comprise balances with other entities within the Group. These balances will not be called within 
the next 12 months. 

(b) Financial guarantees
Refer note 17 for financial guarantees to banks, financiers and other persons.

(c) Tax consolidation legislation
The Company formed a consolidated group for income tax purposes with each of its Australian resident subsidiaries 
on 21 May 2011. The Company and the controlled entities in the tax consolidation group continue to account for 
current and deferred tax amounts separately. These tax amounts are measured on a ‘group allocation’ approach, 
under which the current and deferred tax amounts for the tax-consolidated group are allocated among each reporting 
entity in the Group.

(d) Capital commitments
There are no capital commitments for the Company (F18: nil).

NOTE 28 – DEED OF CROSS GUARANTEE

Under the terms of ASIC Corporations (Wholly owned Companies) Instrument 2016/785, certain wholly owned 
controlled entities have been granted relief from the requirement to prepare audited financial reports. It is a condition 
of the class order that the Company and each of the relevant subsidiaries enter into a Deed of Cross Guarantee 
whereby each company guarantees the debts of the companies party to the Deed. The member companies of the  
Deed of Cross Guarantee are regarded as the ‘Closed Group’ and identified in Note 26.

A summarised consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income, retained earnings reconciliation 
and a consolidated statement of financial position, comprising the Company and those controlled entities which are a 
party to the Deed of Cross Guarantee, after eliminating all transactions between parties to the Deed, at 30 June 2019 
are set out below.

Extract of the statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income
Profit before tax
Income tax expense
Net profit after tax
Retained earnings at beginning of the year
External dividends
Retained earnings at end of the year

2019
$M

2018
$M

453.6
(137.8)
315.8
100.6
(251.3)
165.1 

416.1
(100.7)

315.4
(11.1)
(203.7)

100.6

106  |  TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019
106  |  TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019

 
 
 
NOTE 28 – DEED OF CROSS GUARANTEE (CONTINUED)

Statement of financial position
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Receivables
Inventories
Investments
Assets held for sale
Other current assets
Total current assets

Non-current assets
Inventories
Investments
Property, plant and equipment
Intangible assets
Deferred tax assets
Other non-current assets
Total non-current assets
Total assets

Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Borrowings
Current tax liabilities
Provisions
Other current liabilities
Total current liabilities

Non-current liabilities
Borrowings
Deferred tax liabilities
Other non-current liabilities
Total non-current liabilities
Total liabilities
Net assets

Equity
Contributed equity
Reserves
Retained earnings
Total equity

2019
$M

2018
$M

273.1
296.9 
482.7
1.9
–
4.4
1,059.0 

569.9
2,257.5 
541.4
426.4
27.8
1.1
3,824.1
4,883.1 

308.6
550.6 
89.2
28.9
4.7
982.0 

495.3
16.2
10.3
521.8
1,503.8 
3,379.3 

3,247.3
(33.1)
165.1
3,379.3 

23.7
1,146.3 
441.3
1.8
29.1
3.2
1,645.4 

542.8
2,477.3 
529.4
410.5
29.4
1.6
3,991.0 
5,636.4

318.3
1,618.6 
51.0
27.5
3.8
2,019.2 

263.0
18.3
4.9
286.2
2,305.4 
3,331.0 

3,240.5
(10.1)
100.6
3,331.0 

Current borrowings comprise balances with other entities within the Group. These balances will not be called within 
the next 12 months. 

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019  |  107  

 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS: 
OTHER 
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2019

NOTE 29 – RELATED PARTY DISCLOSURES

Ownership interests in related parties
All material ownership interests in related parties are disclosed in note 26 to the financial statements.

Parent entity
The ultimate parent entity is Treasury Wine Estates Limited, which is domiciled and incorporated in Australia. 

Transactions with entities in the wholly-owned Group
Transactions between companies within the Group during the current and prior year included:

• Purchases and sales of goods and services; and

• Provision of accounting and administrative assistance.

Transactions with controlled entities are made on normal commercial terms and conditions. 

Transactions with other related parties
The Group entered into transactions which are insignificant in amount with executives, non-executive Directors and 
their related parties within normal employee, customer or supplier relationships on terms and conditions no more 
favourable than those available in similar arm’s length dealings.

There were no other transactions with related parties during the current year.

Key management personnel compensation 
The following table shows the compensation paid or payable to the key management personnel (‘executives’) of the Group.

Short-term employee benefits
Post-employment benefits 
Share based payments
Total

2019
$

2018
$

9,734,012 
 54,272
 5,306,803 
15,095,087

9,503,303
53,126
7,022,129
16,578,558

Additionally, compensation paid to non-executive directors was $1,845,107 (F18: $1,703,306).

NOTE 30 – REMUNERATION OF AUDITORS

The Audit and Risk Committee has completed an evaluation of the overall effectiveness and independence of the 
external auditor, KPMG. As part of this process, the external auditor has provided a written statement that no 
professional engagement with the Group has been carried out which would impair their independence as auditor.  
The Chairman of the Audit and Risk Committee has advised the Board that the Committee’s assessment is that  
the auditor is independent. 

During the year, the following fees were paid or payable for services provided by the auditor of the Group, and its 
related practices:

Audit and review of financial statements and other  
audit work under the Corporations Act 2001
Associate firms of Auditor
Other assurance services
Audit and review services 

Other non-audit services
Total

2019
$

2018
$

1,452,298
397,702
51,000
1,901,000
346,348

2,247,348

1,502,220
447,951
–
1,950,171

160,797

2,110,968

The Group engages KPMG to provide other non-audit services where their expertise and experience best qualifies them 
to provide the appropriate service and as long as stringent independence requirements are satisfied. In the year ended 
30 June 2019, KPMG earned fees in respect to the provision of advisory and taxation services.

108  |  TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019

 
 
 
 
NOTE 31 – OTHER ACCOUNTING POLICIES 

New accounting standards and interpretations 
Since 30 June 2018, the Group has adopted the following new and amended accounting standards.

REFERENCE

TITLE

AASB 15
AASB 2014-5
AASB 2015-8
AASB 2016-3
AASB 9

AASB 2014-7

AASB 2016-5
Interpretation 22

Revenue from Contracts with Customers
Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards arising from AASB 15
Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards – Effective Date of AASB 15
Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards – Clarifications to AASB 15
Financial Instruments (December 2014)
Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards arising from AASB 9 
(December 2014)
Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards – Classification and 
Measurement of Share-based Payment Transactions
Foreign Currency Transactions and Advance Consideration

APPLICATION

1 January 2018
1 January 2018
1 January 2018
1 January 2018
1 January 2018

1 January 2018

1 January 2018
1 January 2018

The adoption of these standards did not have a significant impact on the consolidated financial statements. 

Issued but not yet effective accounting standards 
The following relevant accounting standards have recently been issued or amended but are not yet effective and have 
not been adopted for this year-end reporting period. 

REFERENCE

TITLE

AASB 16
Interpretation 23

AASB 2017-4
AASB 9

AASB 128
AASB 119

AASB 10 and  
AASB 128

Leases
Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatments
Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards – Uncertainty over  
Income Tax Treatments
Prepayment Features with Negative Compensation (Amendments to IFRS 9)
Long-term Interests in Associates and Joint Ventures (Amendments  
to AASB 128)
Plan Amendment, Curtailment or Settlement (Amendments to AASB 119)
Annual Improvements to IFRS Standards 2015–2017 Cycle – various standards
Amendments to References to Conceptual Framework in IFRS Standards
Sale or Contribution of Assets between an Investor and its Associate or Joint 
Venture (Amendments to IFRS 10 and IAS 28)

APPLICATION

1 January 2019
1 January 2019

1 January 2019
1 January 2019

1 January 2019
1 January 2019
1 January 2019
1 January 2020

1 January 2022

Other than the impact of AASB 16 Leases outlined below, these standards are not expected to have a material  
impact on the Group’s financial position or its performance.

AASB 16 Leases
AASB 16 Leases was released in February 2016 by the Australian Accounting Standards Board. This standard 
removes the lease classification test for lessees and requires the Group to bring all material leases with lease terms 
greater than one year onto the balance sheet. There is also new guidance on when an arrangement would meet the 
definition of a lease.

The new standard is mandatory for annual reporting periods beginning after 1 January 2019. The Group will be 
required to recognise new assets and liabilities for its operating leases including vineyards, buildings, equipment  
and motor vehicles, and the nature of the expenses related to those leases will change as AASB 16 replaces the 
straight-line operating lease expense with a depreciation charge for the right-of-use assets and interest expense  
on the lease liabilities. 

The Group intends to apply the full retrospective transition option which requires the restatement  
of comparative information.

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019  |  109  

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:
OTHER 
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2019

NOTE 31 – OTHER ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

Issued but not yet effective accounting standards (continued)

AASB 16 Leases (continued)
The Group has performed an assessment of the impact on its consolidated financial statements and expects  
the impact to be as follows:

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS  
AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (EXTRACT)

Cost of sales
Other expenses
Finance costs
Profit before tax
Income tax expense
Net profit attributed to members of Treasury Wine Estates Limited 
Earnings per share for profit attributed to the ordinary equity  
holders of the Company 

•  Basic
•  Diluted

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION (EXTRACT)

Assets
Current and non current inventory
Property, plant and equipment
Liabilities
Trade and other payables
Provisions
Net deferred tax liability
Current and non current borrowings
Equity
Other reserves 
Retained earnings

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS (EXTRACT)

Payment to suppliers, governments and employees
Interest paid
Repayment of borrowings 

Other accounting policies

30 JUNE 2019
$M

INCREASE/ 
DECREASE
$M

30 JUNE 2019
$M
RESTATED

(1,660.8)
(14.7)
(99.4)
591.0 
(171.5)
419.5 

58.4
58.1

15.2 
3.5 
(33.7)
(15.0)
3.8 
(11.2)

(1.6)
(1.5)

(1,645.6)
(11.2)
(133.1)
576.0
(167.7)
408.3

56.8
56.6

30 JUNE 2019
$M

INCREASE/ 
DECREASE
$M

30 JUNE 2019
$M
RESTATED

2,092.9
1,398.7

780.7
45.8
41.8
1,165.1

33.8
424.4

(45.2)
507.1 

(62.1)
(2.1)
(28.6) 
629.4 

(5.7)
(69.0)

2,047.7
1,905.8

718.6
43.7
13.2
1,794.5

28.1
355.4

30 JUNE 2019
$M

INCREASE/ 
DECREASE
$M

30 JUNE 2019
$M
RESTATED

(3,110.0)
(43.8)
(492.2)

81.5
(33.7)
(47.8)

(3,028.5)
(77.5)
(540.0)

Finance income
Finance income is recognised as the interest accrues (using the effective interest method, which applies a rate that 
discounts estimated future cash receipts through the expected life of the financial instrument) to the net carrying 
amount of the financial asset.

Finance costs
Finance costs are recognised as an expense when they are incurred, except for interest charges attributable to major 
projects with substantial development and construction phases, which are capitalised as part of the cost of the asset.

Financial assets
A financial asset is classified as at fair value through profit or loss or fair value through other comprehensive 
income unless it meets the definition of amortised cost. This is determined on initial recognition. 

Financial assets classified as at amortised cost are measured initially at fair value and adjusted in respect  
of any incremental and directly attributable transaction costs. All other financial assets are measured at fair  
value on initial recognition. 

Reclassification occurs only if there are fundamental changes to the Group’s business model for managing financial assets.

110  |  TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019
110  |  TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019

NOTE 31 – OTHER ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

Other accounting policies (continued)
Amortised cost
A financial asset is classified as at amortised cost only  
if the asset is held to collect contractual cash flows and 
the contractual terms of the financial asset give rise  
to cash flows that are solely payments of principal  
and interest.

A financial asset is measured at amortised cost using 
the effective interest rate method. Any gains and losses 
are recognised through the amortisation process or when 
the financial asset is derecognised or impaired.

Impairment of financial assets
The Group recognises an allowance for expected credit 
losses (ECLs) for all debt instruments not held at fair 
value through profit or loss. ECLs are determined using 
historical recovery of contractual cash flows and the 
amount of loss incurred, adjusted for current economic 
and credit conditions.

An impairment loss is based on the difference between 
the contractual cash flows due in accordance with the 
contract and all the cash flows that the Group expects  
to receive, discounted at an approximation of the original 
effective interest rate. Impairment losses on assets 
classified as amortised cost are recognised in profit or 
loss when they are expected, not when they are incurred. 
If a later event causes the impairment loss to decrease, 
the amount is reversed in profit or loss.

Derecognition of financial assets
The derecognition of a financial asset takes place when  
the Group no longer controls the contractual rights that 
comprise the financial instrument. 

This is normally the case when the instrument is sold  
or all the cash flows attributable to the instrument  
are passed through to an independent third party. 

Derivatives
The Group uses derivative financial instruments such  
as foreign currency contracts, interest rate swaps and 
options to hedge its risks associated with interest rate 
and foreign currency fluctuations. Such derivative 
financial instruments are carried at fair value and  
are financial assets when the fair value is positive  
and financial liabilities when the fair value is negative.

For derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting, 
any gains or losses arising from changes in fair value 
are taken directly to profit or loss for the year. 

Hedge accounting
For the purposes of hedge accounting, hedges are 
classified as either fair value hedges when they hedge 
the exposure to changes in the fair value of a recognised 
asset or liability; cash flow hedges where they hedge 
exposure to variability in cash flows that is either 
attributable to a particular risk associated with a 
recognised asset or liability or a forecasted transaction; 
or hedges of a net investment in a foreign operation.

Initial recognition
At the beginning of a hedge relationship, the Group 
designates and documents the hedge relationship and  
the related risk management objective and strategy.  

The documentation identifies the hedging instrument 
and the hedged item as well as describing the economic 
relationship, the hedge ratio between them and potential 
sources of ineffectiveness. The documentation also 
includes the nature of the risk being hedged and  
the method of assessing the hedging instrument’s 
effectiveness. To achieve hedge accounting, the 
relationship must be expected to be highly effective  
and are assessed on an ongoing basis to determine that 
they continue to meet the risk management objective.

Re-balancing
If the hedge ratio for risk management purposes is no 
longer met but the risk management objective remains 
unchanged and the hedge continues to qualify for hedge 
accounting, the Group will rebalance the relationship  
by adjusting either the volume of the hedged item or the 
volume of the hedging instrument.

Discontinuation
Hedge accounting is discontinued when the hedge 
instrument expires or is sold, terminated or exercised,  
or no longer qualifies for hedge accounting. At that point 
in time, any cumulative gain or loss on the hedging 
instrument recognised in equity is kept in equity until 
the forecasted transaction occurs. If a hedged transaction 
is no longer expected to occur, the net cumulative gain  
or loss recognised in equity is transferred to profit or loss 
for the year.

Gains or losses recognised directly in equity are 
reclassified into profit and loss in the same period or 
periods the foreign currency risk affects consolidated 
profit and loss.

Fair value hedges 
For fair value hedges (for example, interest rate  
swaps), any gain or loss from remeasuring the hedging 
instrument is recognised immediately in the statement 
of profit or loss and other comprehensive income. Where 
the adjustment is to the carrying amount of a hedged 
interest-bearing financial instrument, the adjustment  
is amortised to the statement of profit or loss and other 
comprehensive income such that it is fully amortised  
by maturity.

Cash flow hedges
In relation to cash flow hedges (forward foreign currency 
contracts) to hedge firm commitments, the portion of the 
gain or loss on the hedging instrument that is determined 
to be an effective hedge is recognised directly in equity 
and the ineffective portion is recognised in the statement 
of profit or loss and other comprehensive income.

When the hedged item gives rise to the recognition  
of an asset or a liability, the associated deferred gains  
or losses are included in the initial measurement  
of the asset or liability.

For all other cash flow hedges, the gains or losses that 
are recognised in equity are transferred to the statement 
of profit or loss and other comprehensive income in the 
same period in which the hedged firm commitment 
affects the profit and loss, for example when the future 
sale actually occurs. 

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019  |  111  

DIRECTORS’ DECLARATION 
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2019

In the Directors’ opinion:

(a)  The financial statements and notes 1 to 31 are in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, including:

(i)   complying with Accounting Standards, the Corporations Regulations 2001 and other mandatory professional 

reporting requirements; and

(ii)  giving a true and fair view of the consolidated entity’s financial position as at 30 June 2019 and of its 

performance for the financial year ended on that date.

(b) There are reasonable grounds to believe that Treasury Wine Estates Limited will be able to pay its debts  

as and when they become due and payable; and

(c)  There are reasonable grounds to believe that members of the Closed Group identified in note 26 will be able  

to meet any obligations or liabilities to which they are or may become subject to, by virtue of the Deed of Cross 
Guarantee described in note 28.

Note 1 confirms that the financial statements also comply with International Financial Reporting Standards  
as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

The Directors have been given the declarations by the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer as required 
by section 295A of the Corporations Act 2001.

This declaration is made in accordance with a resolution of the Directors.

Paul Rayner 
Chairman	

28 August 2019

Michael Clarke 
Chief	Executive	Officer

112  |  TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019

 
 
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT

Independent Auditor’s Report 

To the shareholders of Treasury Wine Estates Limited 

Report on the audit of the Financial Report 

Opinion 

We  have  audited  the  Financial  Report  of 
(the 
Treasury  Wine  Estates  Limited 
Company). 

In our opinion, the accompanying Financial 
Report  of  the  Company  is  in  accordance 
with the Corporations Act 2001, including:  

•  giving  a  true  and  fair  view  of  the 
Group’s  financial  position  as  at  30 
June  2019  and  of 
financial 
performance  for  the  year  ended  on 
that date; and 

its 

The Financial Report comprises:  

•  Consolidated statement of financial position as at 30 

June 2019; 

•  Consolidated  statement  of  profit  or  loss  and  other 
comprehensive  income,  Consolidated  statement  of 
changes  in  equity,  and  Consolidated  statement  of 
cash flows for the year then ended; 

•  Notes including a summary of significant accounting 

policies; and 

•  Directors’ Declaration. 

• 

complying  with  Australian  Accounting 
Standards 
the  Corporations 
Regulations 2001. 

and 

The Group consists of the  Company and  the entities it 
controlled at the year-end or from time to time during the 
financial year. 

Basis for opinion 

We conducted our audit in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards. We believe that the audit 
evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. 

Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the 
audit of the Financial Report section of our report.  

We  are  independent  of  the  Group  in  accordance  with  the  Corporations  Act  2001  and  the  ethical 
requirements of the Accounting Professional and Ethical Standards Board’s APES 110 Code of Ethics 
for Professional Accountants (the Code) that are relevant to our audit of the Financial Report in Australia. 
We have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with the Code.  

KPMG, an Australian partnership and a member firm of the KPMG 
network of independent member firms affiliated with KPMG 
International Cooperative (“KPMG International”), a Swiss entity. 

Liability limited by a scheme approved under 
Professional Standards Legislation. 

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019  |  113  

 
                                                                                               
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT (CONTINUED)

Key Audit Matters 

The Key Audit Matters we identified are: 

•  Valuation of inventory; and 

•  Recognition of discounts and rebates. 

Key  Audit  Matters  are  those  matters  that,  in  our 
professional judgement, were of most significance in our 
audit of the Financial Report of the current period.  

These matters were addressed in the context of our audit 
of  the  Financial  Report  as  a  whole,  and  in  forming  our 
opinion  thereon,  and  we  do  not  provide  a  separate 
opinion on these matters. 

Valuation of inventory (total finished goods and work in progress inventory was $2,032.2 
million 

Refer to Note 9 Working Capital to the Financial Report 

The key audit matter 

How the matter was addressed in our audit 

Our procedures included: 

• 

• 

testing key controls designed by the Group to 
identify slow moving and obsolete inventories 
(including  wine  held  by  third  party  distributors 
and  retailers),  which  if  existing,  may  indicate 
valuation  issues  with  work  in  progress  and 
finished goods; 

in  progress  and 

testing year-end inventory valuation models, in 
particular  the  identification  and  valuation  of 
work 
finished  goods 
considered to be ‘at risk’ (i.e. where the costs 
may  potentially  exceed  the  estimated  net 
realisable  value  at  the  time  of  sale).  We 
considered  forecast  sales  plans, 
inventory 
holding  reports  (including  wine  held  by  third 
party  distributors  and  retailers),  committed 
future  supply  contracts  and  the  outcomes  of 
the  Group’s  process  to  identify  slow  moving 
and  obsolete  inventories.  For  a  sample  of  ‘at 
risk’ inventory we: 

•  evaluated  the  proposed  inventory  value 
against brand strategies and forecast sales 
plans for consistency; 

•  assessed 

the 

reasonableness 

of 
management’s  action  plans  in  place  to 
mitigate  the  risk  that  wine  will  be  sold 
below  cost  and  facilitate  the  sale  of 
potential at risk inventory above cost; 

•  assessing 

the 

integrity  of 

valuation  models 

used, 

the 
including 

inventory 
the 

The valuation of inventories of finished goods 
and work in progress is a key audit matter as 
we need to consider estimates and judgements 
made by the Group. These include inherently 
subjective judgements about forecast demand 
and estimated market sales prices at the time 
the wine is expected to be sold. We focus our 
work on assessing the judgements contained in 
the valuation models for: 

• 

• 

the period of time over which some 
harvested grapes are converted from work 
in progress to bottled wine ready for sale 
(the holding period) which can be a number 
of years depending on the varietal and type 
of wine; and 

forecast demand and market sales prices, 
which can fluctuate significantly over the 
holding period and are influenced by the 
fundamentals of the global wine industry, 
including fluctuations in demand and supply 
and other factors that impact agricultural 
outputs. These factors influence the 
Group’s determination of the most likely 
market conditions at the estimated date of 
sale. A key indicator for at-risk inventory 
values, including finished goods and work in 
progress in the holding period, is the 
identification of current slow moving and 
obsolete inventories. These can signal 
changes in consumer demand patterns or 
potential over-supply issues which may 

114  |  TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
impact forecast prices.  

mathematical  accuracy  of 
calculation formulas; 

the  underlying 

•  comparing,  by  product  grade, 

inventory 
volumes  in  significant  markets  to  both  recent 
and  forecasted  sales  data  to  identify  slow 
moving and potentially ‘at risk’ inventories, and 
assessing  the  computation  of  write-downs  of 
inventory to net realisable value; 

•  attending  cycle  counts  and  /  or  year-end 
inventory counts in significant locations, which 
included  observing  the  process  of  identifying 
slow moving and potentially obsolete inventory; 

•  comparing the estimated net realisable value of 
slow  moving  inventories  identified  in  prior 
periods to actual sales outcomes subsequently 
achieved,  to  assess  the  historical  accuracy  of 
the Group’s forecasting process; and 

•  assessing  the  Group’s 

inventory  valuation 
methodologies  and  the  Group’s  disclosures  in 
respect  of  inventory  valuation  against  the 
requirements of relevant accounting standards. 

Recognition of discounts and rebates (Net Sales revenue, which is net of trade discounts and 
volume rebates, was $2,831.6 million 

Refer to Note 3 Revenue of the Financial Report. 

The key audit matter 

How the matter was addressed in our audit 

The Group’s policy is to record net sales revenue 
at  the  time  goods  are  shipped  to  customers 
based  on  the  price  specified  in  the  sales 
agreement,  net  of  any  estimated  discount  or 
rebate.  In  some  cases,  the  discount  or  rebate 
will  not  be  finally  determined  or  paid  until  the 
inventory  is  depleted  from  the  customer’s 
warehouse, which may be some time after the 
Group’s  sale  date  to  their  customer.  Sales 
agreement terms and historical trends are used 
by  the  Group  to  estimate  the  discounts.  The 
impact of any one-off events are considered by 
the Group in the estimation of the accrual.  

At  year  end,  the  Group  estimates  and  accrues 
amounts for discounts and rebates they consider 
have been incurred and not yet paid. The Group’s 
estimation of  these amounts at the year-end is 
considered  as  a  key  audit  matter  due  to  the 

Our procedures included: 

•  considering the appropriateness of the Group’s 
accounting  policy  for  the  recognition  and 
measurement  of  net  sales  revenue,  including 
the policy for recording discounts and rebates, 
by  assessing  compliance  with  applicable 
accounting standards; 

• 

testing the estimation of discounts and rebates 
accruals.  We  used  underlying  documentation 
such  as  customer  agreements,  shipment  and 
depletion data, claims for discounts and rebates 
along with cash payments made. We evaluated 
the estimate, for a sample of customers, by:  

•  checking amounts to the agreements; 

and 

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019  |  115  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT (CONTINUED)

the  number  of  unique 

significance  of  the  Group  judgements  applied 
and 
customer 
arrangements that are in place. For example, the 
Group’s  judgement  is  required  to  estimate  the 
accrual  where  discounts  and 
rebates  are 
dependent on customers achieving annual sales 
targets and the performance year does not align 
to the Group’s financial year. 

•  analysing sales  and depletion to date,  and 
depletion programs expected to take place 
in  future  periods  against  sales  budgets, 
depletion plans and actual claims, to assess 
the  estimate  of  discounts  and  rebates 
incurred but not yet paid.  

• 

testing  key  controls  in  significant  jurisdictions 
reviewing  and  approving 
for  calculating, 
discounts and rebates; 

•  assessing  the  integrity  of  the  discount  and 
including 
the 
the  underlying 

rebate  models 
mathematical  accuracy  of 
calculation formulas;  

used, 

•  challenging  the  nature  and  quantum  of  the 
amounts  recorded  by  reference  to  historical 
sales, rebates paid and discounts paid. We also 
tested, on a sample basis, the nature and level 
of  such  amounts  back  to  contractually  agreed 
terms; 

•  assessing  the  accuracy  of  the  accrual  in 
previous years in order to challenge the Group’s 
current year estimation processes; and 

•  considering 

the  Group’s  disclosures  with 
respect  to  revenue,  discounts  and  rebates 
accruals 
standard 
requirements.  

accounting 

against 

Other Information 

Other Information is financial and non-financial information in Treasury Wine Estates Limited’s annual 
reporting which is provided in addition to the Financial Report and the Auditor’s Report. The Directors 
are responsible for the Other Information.  

Our opinion on the Financial Report does not cover the Other Information and, accordingly, we do not 
express  an  audit  opinion  or  any  form  of  assurance  conclusion  thereon,  with  the  exception  of  the 
Remuneration Report and our related assurance opinion. 

In connection with our audit of the Financial Report, our responsibility is to read the Other Information. 
In doing so, we consider whether the Other Information is materially inconsistent with the Financial 
Report or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. 

We are required to report if we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this Other Information, 
and based on the work we have performed on the Other Information that we obtained prior to the date 
of this Auditor’s Report we have nothing to report. 

116  |  TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Responsibilities of the Directors for the Financial Report 

The Directors are responsible for: 

•  preparing  the  Financial  Report  that  gives  a  true  and  fair  view  in  accordance  with  Australian 

Accounting Standards and the Corporations Act 2001 

• 

implementing  necessary  internal  control  to  enable  the  preparation  of  a  Financial  Report  that 
gives a true and fair view and is free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error 

•  assessing the Group and Company’s ability to continue as a going concern and whether the use 
of the going concern basis of accounting is appropriate. This includes disclosing, as applicable, 
matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless they 
either intend to liquidate the Group and Company or to cease operations, or have no realistic 
alternative but to do so.  

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the Financial Report 

Our objective is: 

• 

• 

to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  the  Financial  Report  as  a  whole  is  free  from 
material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error; and  

to issue an Auditor’s Report that includes our opinion.  

Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in 
accordance  with  Australian  Auditing  Standards  will  always  detect  a  material  misstatement  when  it 
exists. 

Misstatements  can  arise  from  fraud  or  error.  They  are  considered  material  if,  individually  or  in  the 
aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on 
the basis of the Financial Report. 

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the Financial Report is located at the Auditing 
and Assurance Standards Board website at: http://www.auasb.gov.au/auditors_responsibilities/ar1.pdf 
This description forms part of our Auditor’s Report. 

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019  |  117  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT (CONTINUED)

Report on the Remuneration Report 

Opinion 

Directors’ responsibilities 

In our opinion, the Remuneration Report of 
Treasury Wine Estates Limited for the year 
ended  30  June  2019,  complies  with 
Section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001. 

The  Directors  of  the  Company  are  responsible  for  the 
preparation and presentation of the Remuneration Report 
in accordance with Section 300A of the Corporations Act 
2001. 

Our responsibilities 

We  have  audited  the  Remuneration  Report  included  in 
pages 44 to 63 of the Directors’ report for the year ended 
30 June 2019.  

Our  responsibility  is  to  express  an  opinion  on  the 
Remuneration  Report,  based  on  our  audit  conducted  in 
accordance with Australian Auditing Standards. 

  KPMG 

Gordon Sangster 

Partner 

Melbourne 

28 August 2019 

118  |  TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DETAILS OF SHAREHOLDERS, SHAREHOLDINGS  
AND TOP 20 SHAREHOLDERS

DETAILS OF SHAREHOLDERS AND SHAREHOLDINGS

Holding of securities

LISTED SECURITIES 7 AUGUST 2019

Fully paid ordinary shares

NO. OF 
HOLDERS

NO. OF 
SHARES

% HELD BY
TOP 20

65,989

719,100,485

87.34

SIZE OF HOLDING

1 – 1,000
1,001 – 5,000
5,001 – 10,000
10,001 – 100,000
100,001 and over
Total

NUMBER

45,328
18,261
1,645
701
54
65,989

As at 7 August 2019, the number of shareholders holding less than a marketable parcel of $500 worth of shares,  
based on the closing market price on that date of $16.56 per share, is 622.

TWENTY LARGEST SHAREHOLDERS – 7 AUGUST 2019

RANK SHAREHOLDER

NO. OF FULLY PAID 
ORDINARY SHARES

% OF FULLY PAID 
ORDINARY SHARES

HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited
J P Morgan Nominees Australia Pty Limited
Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited
National Nominees Limited
BNP Paribas Noms Pty Ltd 
BNP Paribas Nominees Pty Ltd 
HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited – GSCO ECA
Australian Foundation Investment Company Limited
Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited  
HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited  

AMP Life Limited
HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited
Avanteos Investments Limited 
BNP Paribas Nominees Pty Ltd Hub24 Custodial Serv Ltd DRP
Milton Corporation Limited
UBS Nominees Pty Ltd
Mutual Trust Pty Ltd
HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited – A/C 2
CPU Share Plans Pty Ltd 
Netwealth Investments Limited 

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Total

260,586,317
198,356,377
67,650,509
33,021,406
20,401,687
14,054,625
9,323,483
5,450,000
3,650,437

2,774,514
1,919,962
1,685,476
1,645,815
1,457,726
1,206,363
1,128,189
987,520
963,965
923,077
787,680
627,975,128

36.24
27.58
9.41
4.59
2.84
1.95
1.30
0.76
0.51

0.39
0.27
0.23
0.23
0.20
0.17
0.16
0.14
0.13
0.13
0.11
87.34

SUBSTANTIAL SHAREHOLDERS – 7 AUGUST 2019

The following shareholders have declared a relevant interest in the number of voting shares at the date of giving the 
notice under Part 6C.1 of the Corporations Act.

INSTITUTION

The Capital Group Companies
Blackrock Group
The Vanguard Group

INTEREST (% OF ISC)

9.65
6.21
5.00

TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019  |  119  

SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION

ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING

ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATIONS

The Annual General Meeting of the Company will be held on 
Wednesday 16 October 2019 (AEDT). Full details are contained 
in the Company’s Notice of Meeting provided to shareholders 
and available on the Company’s website prior to the meeting.

VOTING RIGHTS

Shareholders are encouraged to attend the Annual General 
Meeting, however, when this is not possible, they can use the 
proxy form by which they can express their views.

Shareholders may also lodge a proxy electronically either  
via www.investorvote.com.au using the details printed  
on their personalised proxy form or www.tweglobal.com  
(in the AGM section under the Investors menu) or  
www.intermediaryonline.com for custodian voting  
(subscribers only).

Every shareholder present personally or by proxy, attorney  
or representative has, on a poll, one vote for each fully paid 
share held.

SECURITIES EXCHANGE LISTING

Treasury Wine Estates Limited shares are listed on the 
Australian Securities Exchange under the code ‘TWE’.

Treasury Wine Estates Limited ordinary shares are traded  
in the US in the form of American Depositary Receipts (ADR) 
issued by The Bank of New York Mellon as Depositary.

SHARE REGISTER AND OTHER ENQUIRIES

If you have any questions in relation to your shareholding, 
share transfers or dividends, please contact our share registry:

Computershare Investor Services Pty Limited 
Yarra Falls 452 Johnston Street 
Abbotsford Victoria 3067  
Australia

Telephone: 1800 158 360 (Australia) 
International: +61 3 9415 4208 
Facsimile: +61 3 9473 2500 
For faxing Proxy Forms only: +61 3 9473 2555 
(outside Australia) or 1800 783 447 (within Australia)  
Website: www.investorcentre.com/contact

Please include your securityholder reference number (SRN)  
or holder identification number (HIN) in all correspondence  
to the share registry.

For enquiries relating to the operations of the Company,  
please contact the Investor Relations team on:

Telephone: +61 3 8533 3000 
Facsimile: +61 3 9654 7254  
Email: investors@tweglobal.com  
Website: www.tweglobal.com

Address: Level 8, 161 Collins Street  
Melbourne Victoria 3000  
Australia

ADR Depositary and Transfer Agent: 
BNY Mellon Shareowner Services  
462 South 4th Street, Suite 1600 
Louisville KY 40202  
United States of America 
Postal address: PO Box 505000  
Louisville KY 40233 – 5000  
United States of America 
Telephone: (1888 269 2377 – toll free) – (US) 
International: +1 201 680 6825 
Email: shrrelations@cpushareownerservices.com 
Website: www-us.computershare.com/investor

120  |  TREASURY WINE ESTATES ANNUAL REPORT 2019

The Company has an online share registry facility where 
shareholders can:

• check their current and previous holding balances;

• update their address details;

• update their bank details;

• review their dividend history;

• confirm whether they have lodged a TFN/ABN exemption;

• elect to receive communications and Company information 
electronically and change their Annual Report election;

• download commonly used forms; and

• elect to receive email notification when dividend statements 

and issuer sponsored holding statements are available  
to view online.

To access the online share registry, log on to www.tweglobal.com, 
go to the Shareholder Information section located under the 
Investors menu and click the ‘online share registry’ icon. For 
security and privacy reasons, shareholders will be required to 
verify their identity before they can view their records.

TAX FILE NUMBERS, AUSTRALIAN BUSINESS 
NUMBERS OR EXEMPTIONS

Australian taxpayers who do not provide details of their tax  
file number will have any unfranked portions of dividends 
subjected to the top marginal personal tax rate plus Medicare 
levy (if applicable). It may be in the interests of shareholders  
to ensure that tax file numbers have been supplied to the share 
registry. Shareholders may request a form from the share 
registry or submit their details via the online share registry.

CHANGE OF ADDRESS

It is important for shareholders to notify the share registry  
of any change of address. As a security measure, the previous 
address should also be quoted as well as your securityholder 
reference number (SRN). Shareholders may access the  
online share registry to submit their details or download  
a personalised change of address form.

SHAREHOLDER WINE OFFER –  
CELLARDOOR.CO AND THECELLAR.CO

Shareholders in Australia and the US have the opportunity  
to purchase the Company’s wines through Cellardoor.co and 
Thecellar.co respectively.

Cellardoor.co and Thecellar.co are exclusive members-only 
online wine communities for shareholders and family and friends 
of Treasury Wine Estates. The virtual cellar door provides 24/7 
access to an exceptional range of wines from Treasury Wine 
Estates’ award winning wineries at exclusive shareholder prices.

Shareholders in Australia can register for Cellardoor.co  
by visiting http://pub.wine.cellardoor.co/shareholderrego.  
Shareholders in the US can register for Thecellar.co  
by visiting https://thecellar.co/shareholders2019.

TREASURY WINE ESTATES LIMITED

ABN 24 004 373 862

COMPANY SECRETARY

Fiona Last LLB (Hons), B.Com, FGIA

REGISTERED OFFICE

Level 8, 161 Collins Street 
Melbourne Victoria 3000  
Australia 
Telephone: +61 3 8533 3000

WWW.TWEGLOBAL.COM

T

R

E

A

S

U

R

Y

W

I

N

E

E

S

T

A

T

E

S

A

N

N

U

A

L

R

E

P

O

R

T

2

0

1

9